summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/luatex/latex/piton/piton.dtx
blob: aa149d78e9756ed2875639f97aaddda26a34124b (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
% \iffalse -*- coding: utf-8 ; -*- \fi 
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
% Copyright (C) 2022-2024 by F. Pantigny
% -----------------------------------
%
% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
% The latest version of this license is in:
%
% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
%
% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
% version 2005/12/01 or later.
%
% \fi
% \iffalse
% 
%<*batchfile> 
\begingroup
\input l3docstrip.tex
\endgroup
%</batchfile>
%
%<@@=piton>
%<*driver>
\documentclass{l3doc}
\usepackage{geometry}
\geometry{left=2.8cm,right=2.8cm,top=2.5cm,bottom=2.5cm,papersize={21cm,29.7cm}}
\usepackage{fontspec}
\usepackage[dvipsnames,svgnames]{xcolor}
\usepackage{caption,tabularx,tcolorbox,luacolor,lua-ul,upquote}
\def\emphase{\bgroup\color{RoyalPurple}\let\next=}
\fvset{commandchars=\~\#\@,formatcom=\color{gray}}
\captionsetup{labelfont = bf}
\usepackage{ragged2e}
\usepackage[footnotehyper]{piton} 
\PitonOptions
  { 
    splittable = 4 ,
    math-comments,
    begin-escape = ! ,
    end-escape = ! ,
    begin-escape-math = \( , 
    end-escape-math = \) ,
    detected-commands = highLight
  }

\parindent 0pt
\skip\footins = 2\bigskipamount

\def\CC{{C\nolinebreak[4]\hspace{-.05em}\raisebox{.4ex}{\tiny\bfseries ++}}}

\usepackage{makeidx}
\makeindex

\NewDocumentCommand{\indexcommand}{m}{\index{#1@\texttt{\textbackslash #1}}}

\NewDocumentCommand{\indexenv}{m}{\index{#1@\texttt{\{#1\}}}}


\PitonOptions{gobble=2}

\EnableCrossrefs

\begin{document}
\DocInput{piton.dtx}
\end{document}
%</driver>
% \fi
% \iffalse
%<*STY>
% \fi
\def\PitonFileVersion{2.6b}
\def\PitonFileDate{2024/03/18}
% \iffalse
%</STY>
%<*LUA>
piton_version = "2.6b" -- 2024/03/18
%</LUA>
%\fi
%
% \catcode`\" = 11 
% 
% \title{The package \pkg{piton}\thanks{This document corresponds to the
% version~\PitonFileVersion\space of \pkg{piton}, at the date of~\PitonFileDate.}} 
% \author{F. Pantigny \\ \texttt{fpantigny@wanadoo.fr}}
%
% \maketitle
%
% \begin{abstract}
% The package \pkg{piton} provides tools to typeset computer listings in Python,
% OCaml, C and SQL with syntactic highlighting by using the Lua library LPEG. It
% requires LuaLaTeX.
% \end{abstract}
% 
% 
%
% \section{Presentation}
% 
%
% The package \pkg{piton} uses the Lua library LPEG\footnote{LPEG is a
% pattern-matching library for Lua, written in C, based on \emph{parsing
% expression grammars}:
% \url{http://www.inf.puc-rio.br/~roberto/lpeg/}} for parsing Python, OCaml, C
% or SQL listings and typesets them with syntactic highlighting. Since it uses
% the Lua of LuaLaTeX, it works with |lualatex| only (and won't work with the
% other engines: |latex|, |pdflatex| and |xelatex|). It does not use external
% program and the compilation does not require |--shell-escape|. The compilation
% is very fast since all the parsing is done by the library LPEG, written in C. 
% 
% \bigskip
% Here is an example of code typeset by \pkg{piton}, with the environment |{Piton}|.
%
% \bigskip
%
%    \begin{Piton}
% from math import pi
%
% def arctan(x,n=10):
%    """Compute the mathematical value of arctan(x)
%
%    n is the number of terms in the sum
%    """
%     if x < 0:
%         return -arctan(-x) # recursive call
%     elif x > 1: 
%         return pi/2 - arctan(1/x) 
%         #> (we have used that $\arctan(x)+\arctan(1/x)=\frac{\pi}{2}$ for $x>0$)\footnote{This LaTeX escape has been done by beginning the comment by \ttfamily\#>.}
%     else: 
%         s = 0
%         for k in range(n):
%             s += (-1)**k/(2*k+1)*x**(2*k+1)
%         return s 
%    \end{Piton}
% 
% 
% \section{Installation}
% 
% The package \pkg{piton} is contained in two files: |piton.sty| and |piton.lua|
% (the LaTeX file |piton.sty| loaded by |\usepackage| will load the Lua file
% |piton.lua|). Both files must be in a repertory where LaTeX will be able to
% find them, for instance in a |texmf| tree. However, the best is to install
% \pkg{piton} with a TeX distribution such as MiKTeX, TeX Live or MacTeX.
% 
% \section{Use of the package}
%
% \subsection{Loading the package}
% 
% The package \pkg{piton} should be loaded with the classical command
% |\usepackage|: |\usepackage{piton}|.
%
% \smallskip
% Nevertheless, we have two remarks:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item the package \pkg{piton} uses the package \pkg{xcolor} (but \pkg{piton}
% does \emph{not} load \pkg{xcolor}: if \pkg{xcolor} is not loaded before the
% |\begin{document}|, a fatal error will be raised).
% \item the package \pkg{piton} must be used with LuaLaTeX exclusively: if
% another LaTeX engine (|latex|, |pdflatex|, |xelatex|,\dots ) is used, a
% fatal error will be raised.
% \end{itemize}
%
% \subsection{Choice of the computer language}
%
% In current version, the package \pkg{piton} supports four computer languages:
% Python, OCaml, SQL and C (in fact \CC). It supports also a special language
% called ``|minimal|'': cf. p.~\pageref{minimal}.
%
% \smallskip
% By default, the language used is Python.
%
% \smallskip
% \index{language (key)}
% It's possible to change the current language with the command |\PitonOptions|
% and its key |language|: |\PitonOptions{language = C}|.
%
% \smallskip
% For the developpers, let's say that the name of the current language is stored
% (in lower case) in the L3 public variable |\l_piton_language_str|.
%
% \smallskip
% In what follows, we will speak of Python, but the features described also
% apply to the other languages.
% 
% \subsection{The tools provided to the user}
%
% \indexenv{Piton}
% 
% The package \pkg{piton} provides several tools to typeset Python code: the
% command |\piton|, the environment |{Piton}| and the command |\PitonInputFile|.
%
% \begin{itemize}\setlength{\fboxsep}{1pt}
% \item The command \colorbox{gray!20}{\texttt\textbackslash piton} should be
% used to typeset small pieces of code inside a paragraph. For example:
% 
% {\color{gray}\verb|\piton{def square(x): return x*x}|}\qquad 
% \piton{def square(x): return x*x}
%
% The syntax and particularities of the command |\piton| are detailed below.
%
% \item The environment \colorbox{gray!20}{\ttfamily\{Piton\}} should be used to
% typeset multi-lines code. Since it takes its argument in a verbatim mode, it
% can't be used within the argument of a LaTeX command. For sake of
% customization, it's possible to define new environments similar to the
% environment |{Piton}| with the command |\NewPitonEnvironment|:
% cf.~\ref{NewPitonEnvironment} p.~\pageref{NewPitonEnvironment}.
%
% \item The command \colorbox{gray!20}{\ttfamily\textbackslash PitonInputFile}
% is used to insert and typeset a external file.
%
% It's possible to insert only a part of the file: cf.
% part~\ref{part-of-a-file}, p.~\pageref{part-of-a-file}. 
%
% The key |path| of the command |\PitonOptions| specifies a path where the files
% included by |\PitonInputFile| will be searched.
% \end{itemize}
%
% \subsection{The syntax of the command \textbackslash piton}
% 
% \indexcommand{piton}
% 
% In fact, the command |\piton| is provided with a double syntax. It may be used
% as a standard command of LaTeX taking its argument between curly braces
% (|\piton{...}|) but it may also be used with a syntax similar to the syntax of
% the command
% |\verb|, that is to say with the argument delimited by two identical characters (e.g.: \verb!\piton|...|!).
% 
% \begin{itemize}
% \item {\color{blue} \textsf{Syntax} \verb|\piton{...}|}\par\nobreak
% When its argument is given between curly braces, the command |\piton| does not
% take its argument in verbatim mode. In particular:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item several consecutive spaces will be replaced by only one space (and the
% also the character of end on line),
% 
% {\color{cyan} but the command |\|␣ is provided to force the insertion of a space};
%
% \item it's not possible to use |%| inside the argument,
%
% {\color{cyan} but the command |\%| is provided to insert a |%|};
%
% \item the braces must be appear by pairs correctly nested
%
% {\color{cyan} but the commands |\{| and |\}| are also provided for individual braces};
%
% \item the LaTeX commands\footnote{That concerns the commands beginning with a
% backslash but also the active characters (with catcode equal to 13).} are
% fully expanded and not executed,
%
% {\color{cyan} so it's possible to use |\\| to insert a backslash}.
% \end{itemize}
%
%
% The other characters (including |#|, |^|, |_|, |&|, |$| and |@|)
% must be inserted without backslash.
% 
% \bigskip
%\begin{tabular}{>{\color{gray}}w{l}{75mm}@{\hspace*{1cm}}l}
% \omit Examples : \hfil \\
% \noalign{\vskip1mm}
% \verb|\piton{MyString = '\\n'}| & 
% \piton{MyString = '\\n'} \\
% \verb|\piton{def even(n): return n\%2==0}| & 
% \piton{def even(n): return n\%2==0} \\
% \verb|\piton{c="#"    # an affectation }| & 
% \piton{c="#"     # an affectation } \\
% \verb|\piton{c="#" \ \ \ # an affectation }| & 
% \piton{c="#" \ \ \ # an affectation } \\
% \verb|\piton{MyDict = {'a': 3, 'b': 4 }}| &
% \piton{MyDict = {'a': 3, 'b': 4 }}
% \end{tabular}
%
% \bigskip
% It's possible to use the command |\piton| in the arguments of a
% LaTeX command.\footnote{For example, it's possible to use the command
% \texttt{\textbackslash piton} in a footnote. Example :
% \piton{s = 'A string'}.}
%
% \bigskip
% \item {\color{blue} \textsf{Syntaxe} \verb!\piton|...|!}\par\nobreak
%
% When the argument of the command |\piton| is provided between two identical
% characters, that argument is taken in a \emph{verbatim mode}. Therefore, with
% that syntax, the command |\piton| can't be used within the argument of another
% command. 
%
% \medskip
%
% \begin{tabular}{>{\color{gray}}w{l}{75mm}@{\hspace*{1cm}}l}
% \omit Examples : \hfil \\
% \noalign{\vskip1mm}
% \verb!\piton|MyString = '\n'|! & 
% \piton|MyString = '\n'| \\
% \verb|\piton!def even(n): return n%2==0!| & 
% \piton!def even(n): return n%2==0! \\
% \verb|\piton+c="#"    # an affectation +| & 
% \piton+c="#"     # an affectation + \\
% \verb|\piton?MyDict = {'a': 3, 'b': 4}?| &
% \piton!MyDict = {'a': 3, 'b': 4}!
% \end{tabular}
%
% \end{itemize}
% 
% \section{Customization}
%
% With regard to the font used by \pkg{piton} in its listings, it's only the
% current monospaced font. The package \pkg{piton} merely uses internally the
% standard LaTeX command |\texttt|.
%
% \subsection{The keys of the command \textbackslash PitonOptions}
%
%
% \NewDocumentCommand{\Definition}{m}
%   {{\setlength{\fboxsep}{1pt}\colorbox{gray!20}{\ttfamily \vphantom{gl}#1}}}
%
% \indexcommand{PitonOptions}
% 
% The command |\PitonOptions| takes in as argument a comma-separated list of
% \textsl{key=value} pairs. The scope of the settings done by that command is
% the current TeX group.\footnote{We remind that a LaTeX environment is, in
% particular, a TeX group.}
%
% These keys may also be applied to an individual environment |{Piton}| (between
% square brackets).
%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item The key \Definition{language} speficies which computer language is
% considered (that key is case-insensitive). Five values are allowed :
% |Python|, |OCaml|, |C|, |SQL| and |minimal|. The initial value is |Python|.
% 
% \item \index{path} The key \Definition{path} specifies a path where the files
% included by |\PitonInputFile| will be searched.
% 
% \item \index{gobble}\label{gobble} The key \Definition{gobble} takes in as
% value a positive integer~$n$: the first $n$ characters are discarded (before
% the process of highlightning of the code) for each line of the environment
% |{Piton}|. These characters are not necessarily spaces.
%
% \item \index{auto-gobble}\index{gobble!auto-gobble} When the key
% \Definition{auto-gobble} is in force, the extension \pkg{piton} computes the
% minimal value $n$ of the number of consecutive spaces beginning each (non
% empty) line of the environment |{Piton}| and applies |gobble| with that value
% of~$n$.
%
% \item \index{env-gobble}\index{gobble!env-gobble}
% When the key \Definition{env-gobble} is in force, \pkg{piton} analyzes the last
% line of the environment |{Piton}|, that is to say the line which contains
% |\end{Piton}| and determines whether that line contains only spaces followed
% by the |\end{Piton}|. If we are in that situation, \pkg{piton} computes the
% number~$n$ of spaces on that line and applies |gobble| with that value of~$n$.
% The name of that key comes from \emph{environment gobble}: the effect of
% gobble is set by the position of the commands |\begin{Piton}| and
% |\end{Piton}| which delimit the current environment.
%
% \item \index{write} The key \Definition{write} takes in as argument a name of
% file (with its extension) and write the content\footnote{In fact, it's not
% exactly the body of the environment but the value of |piton.get_last_code()|
% which is the body without the overwritten LaTeX formatting instructions (cf.
% the part~\ref{API}, p.~\pageref{API}).} of the current environment in
% that file. At the first use of a file by \pkg{piton}, it is erased.
%
% \item \index{path-write}\colorbox{yellow!50}{\bfseries New 2.5}\enskip The key
% \Definition{path-write} specifies a path where the files written by the key
% |write| will be written.
%
% \item \index{line-numbers} The key \Definition{line-numbers} activates the
% line numbering in the environments |{Piton}| and in the listings resulting
% from the use of |\PitonInputFile|.
% 
% In fact, the key |line-numbers| has several subkeys.
% \begin{itemize}
% \item With the key \Definition{line-numbers/skip-empty-lines}, the empty lines
% (which contains only spaces) are considered as non existent for the line
% numbering (if the key |/absolute| is in force, the key |/skip-empty-lines| is
% no-op in |\PitonInputFile|). The initial value of that key is |true| (and not
% |false|).\footnote{For the language Python, the empty lines in the docstrings
% are taken into account (by design).}
% \item With the key \Definition{line-numbers/label-empty-lines}, the labels
% (that is to say the numbers) of the empty lines are displayed. If the key
% |/skip-empty-line| is in force, the clé |/label-empty-lines| is no-op. The
% initial value of that key is~|true|.
% \item With the key \Definition{line-numbers/absolute}, in the listings
% generated in |\PitonInputFile|, the numbers of the lines displayed are
% \emph{absolute} (that is to say: they are the numbers of the lines in the
% file). That key may be useful when |\PitonInputFile| is used to insert only a
% part of the file (cf. part~\ref{part-of-a-file}, p.~\pageref{part-of-a-file}).
% The key |/absolute| is no-op in the environments |{Piton}| and those created
% by |\NewPitonEnvironment|.
% \item The key \Definition{line-numbers/start} requires that the line numbering
% begins to the value of the key. 
% \item With the key \Definition{line-numbers/resume}, the counter of lines is
% not set to zero at the beginning of each environment |{Piton}| or use of
% |\PitonInputFile| as it is otherwise. That allows a numbering of the lines
% across several environments.
% \item The key \Definition{line-numbers/sep} is the horizontal distance between
% the numbers of lines (inserted by |line-numbers|) and the beginning of the
% lines of code. The initial value is 0.7~em.
% \end{itemize}
%
% For convenience, a mechanism of factorisation of the prefix |line-numbers| is
% provided. That means that it is possible, for instance, to write:
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \PitonOptions
%   {
%     line-numbers = 
%       { 
%         skip-empty-lines = false ,
%         label-empty-lines = false ,
%         sep = 1 em
%       }
%   }
% \end{Verbatim}
%
%
% \item \index{left-margin} The key \Definition{left-margin} corresponds to a
% margin on the left. That key may be useful in conjonction with the key
% |line-numbers| if one does not want the numbers in an overlapping position on
% the left. 
%
% It's possible to use the key |left-margin| with the value |auto|. With that
% value, if the key |line-numbers| is in force, a margin will be automatically
% inserted to fit the numbers of lines. See an example part
% \ref{example-numbering} on page~\pageref{example-numbering}.
%
% \item \index{background-color} The key \Definition{background-color} sets the
% background color of the environments |{Piton}| and the listings produced by
% |\PitonInputFile| (it's possible to fix the width of that background with the
% key |width| described below). 
%
% \smallskip
% The key |background-color| supports also as value a \emph{list} of colors. In
% this case, the successive rows are colored by using the colors of the list in
% a cyclic way.
%
% \emph{Example} : |\PitonOptions{background-color = {gray!5,white}}|
%
% The key |background-color| accepts a color defined «on the fly». For example,
% it's possible to write |background-color = [cmyk]{0.1,0.05,0,0}|.
%
% \item \index{prompt-background-color} With the key
% \Definition{prompt-background-color}, \pkg{piton} adds a 
% color background to the lines beginning with the prompt ``|>>>|'' (and its
% continuation ``|...|'') characteristic of the Python consoles with
% \textsc{repl} (\emph{read-eval-print loop}).
%
% \item \index{width} The key \Definition{width} will fix the width of the
% listing. That width applies to the colored backgrounds specified by
% |background-color| and |prompt-background-color| but also for the automatic
% breaking of the lines (when required by |break-lines|: cf.~\ref{line-breaks},
% p.~\pageref{line-breaks}).
%
% That key may take in as value a numeric value but also the special
% value~|min|. With that value, the width will be computed from the maximal
% width of the lines of code. Caution: the special value~|min| requires two
% compilations with LuaLaTeX\footnote{The maximal width is computed during the
% first compilation, written on the |aux| file and re-used during the second
% compilation. Several tools such as |latexmk| (used by Overleaf) do
% automatically a sufficient number of compilations.}.
%
% For an example of use of |width=min|, see the section~\ref{example-comments},
% p.~\pageref{example-comments}. 
%
%
% \item \index{show-spaces-in-strings} When the key
% \Definition{show-spaces-in-strings} is activated, the spaces in the 
% strings of characters\footnote{With the language Python that feature applies
% only to the short strings (delimited by~\verb|'| or~\verb|"|). In OCaml, that
% feature does not apply to the \emph{quoted strings}.} are replaced by the
% character~␣ (U+2423 : \textsc{open box}). Of course, that character~U+2423
% must be present in the monospaced font which is used.\footnote{The package
% \pkg{piton} simply uses the current monospaced font. The best way to change
% that font is to use the command \texttt{\textbackslash setmonofont} of the
% package \pkg{fontspec}.}\par\nobreak \begingroup
% \PitonOptions{show-spaces-in-strings} Example : 
% \piton|my_string = 'Very good answer'| \endgroup
%
% With the key \index{show-spaces} \Definition{show-spaces}, all the spaces are
% replaced by U+2423 (and no line break can occur on those ``visible spaces'',
% even when the key |break-lines|\footnote{cf. \ref{line-breaks}
% p.~\pageref{line-breaks}} is in force). By the way, one should remark that all
% the trailing spaces (at the end of a line) are deleted by \pkg{piton}. The
% tabulations at the beginning of the lines are represented by arrows.
% \end{itemize}
%
% \bigskip
% \begingroup
% \fvset{commandchars=\~\&\@,formatcom=\small\color{gray}}
% \begin{Verbatim}
% ~emphase&\begin{Piton}[language=C,line-numbers,auto-gobble,background-color = gray!15]@
%     void bubbleSort(int arr[], int n) {
%         int temp;
%         int swapped;
%         for (int i = 0; i < n-1; i++) {
%             swapped = 0;
%             for (int j = 0; j < n - i - 1; j++) {
%                 if (arr[j] > arr[j + 1]) {
%                     temp = arr[j];
%                     arr[j] = arr[j + 1];
%                     arr[j + 1] = temp;
%                     swapped = 1; 
%                 }
%             }
%             if (!swapped) break;
%         }
%     }   
% \end{Piton}
% \end{Verbatim}
% \endgroup
%
% \begingroup
% \PitonOptions{language=C,line-numbers,gobble=6,background-color = gray!15}
%     \begin{Piton}
%     void bubbleSort(int arr[], int n) {
%         int temp;
%         int swapped;
%         for (int i = 0; i < n-1; i++) {
%             swapped = 0;
%             for (int j = 0; j < n - i - 1; j++) {
%                 if (arr[j] > arr[j + 1]) {
%                     temp = arr[j];
%                     arr[j] = arr[j + 1];
%                     arr[j + 1] = temp;
%                     swapped = 1; 
%                 }
%             }
%             if (!swapped) break;
%         }
%     }   
%     \end{Piton}
% \endgroup
%
% 
% \bigskip
% The command |\PitonOptions| provides in fact several other keys which will be
% described further (see in particular the ``Pages breaks and line breaks''
% p.~\pageref{breakable}). 
%
% \subsection{The styles}
%
% \label{styles}
%
% \subsubsection{Notion of style}
%
% The package \pkg{piton} provides the command |\SetPitonStyle| to customize the
% different styles used to format the syntactic elements of the Python listings.
% The customizations done by that command are limited to the current TeX
% group.\footnote{We remind that a LaTeX environment is, in particular, a TeX group.}
%
% \bigskip
% \indexcommand{SetPitonStyle}
% The command |\SetPitonStyle| takes in as argument a comma-separated list of
% \textsl{key=value} pairs. The keys are names of styles and the value are LaTeX
% formatting instructions.
%
% \bigskip
% These LaTeX instructions must be formatting instructions such as
% |\color{...}|, |\bfseries|, |\slshape|, etc. (the commands of this kind are
% sometimes called \emph{semi-global} commands). It's also possible to put,
% \emph{at the end of the list of instructions}, a LaTeX command taking exactly
% one argument.
% 
% \bigskip
% Here an example which changes the style used to highlight, in the definition
% of a Python function, the name of the function which is defined. That code
% uses the command |\highLight| of \pkg{lua-ul} (that package requires also the
% package \pkg{luacolor}).
%
% \begin{verbatim}
% \SetPitonStyle{ Name.Function = \bfseries \highLight[red!50] }
% \end{verbatim}
%
% In that example, |\highLight[red!50]| must be considered as the name of a
% LaTeX command which takes in exactly one argument, since, usually, it is used
% with |\highLight[red!50]{...}|.
%
% \medskip
% \begingroup
% \SetPitonStyle 
%   { Name.Function = \bfseries \highLight[red!50] }
% With that setting, we will have : \piton{def cube(x) : return x * x * x }
% \endgroup
% 
% \bigskip
% The different styles, and their use by \pkg{piton} in the different languages
% which it supports (Python, OCaml, C, SQL and ``|minimal|''), are described in
% the part \ref{Semantic}, starting at the page \pageref{Semantic}. 
% 
%
% \bigskip
% \indexcommand{PitonStyle}
% The command |\PitonStyle| takes in as argument the name of a style and allows
% to retrieve the value (as a list of LaTeX instructions) of that style.
%
% \smallskip
% For example, it's possible to write |{\PitonStyle{Keyword}{function}}| and we
% will have the word {\PitonStyle{Keyword}{function}} formatted as a keyword.
%
% \smallskip
% The syntax |{\PitonStyle{|\textsl{\texttt{style}}|}{...}}| is mandatory in
% order to be able to deal both with the semi-global commands and the commands
% with arguments which may be present in the definition of the style
% \texttt{\textsl{style}}. 
%
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{Global styles and local styles}
%
% A style may be defined globally with the command |\SetPitonStyle|. That means
% that it will apply to all the informatic languages that use that style.
%
% \bigskip
% For example, with the command
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \SetPitonStyle{Comment = \color{gray}}
% \end{Verbatim}
% all the comments will be composed in gray in all the listings, whatever
% informatic language they use (Python, C, OCaml, etc.).
% 
% \bigskip
% But it's also possible to define a style locally for a given informatic
% langage by providing the name of that language as optional argument (between
% square brackets) to the command |\SetPitonStyle|.\footnote{We recall, that, in
% the package \pkg{piton}, the names of the informatic languages are
% case-insensitive.}
%
% \bigskip
% For example, with the command
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \SetPitonStyle~emphase#[SQL]@{Keywords = \color[HTML]{006699} \bfseries \MakeUppercase}
% \end{Verbatim}
% the keywords in the SQL listings will be composed in capital letters, even if
% they appear in lower case in the LaTeX source (we recall that, in SQL, the
% keywords are case-insensitive).
%
% \bigskip
% As expected, if an informatic language uses a given style and if that style has
% no local definition for that language, the global version is used. That notion
% of ``global style'' has no link with the notion of global definition in TeX
% (the notion of \emph{group} in TeX).\footnote{As regards the TeX groups, the
% definitions done by \texttt{\textbackslash SetPitonStyle} are always local.}
% 
% \bigskip
% The package \pkg{piton} itself (that is to say the file |piton.sty|) defines
% all the styles globally. 
%
% \bigskip
%
% \subsubsection{The style UserFunction}
%
% \index{UserFunction (style)}
% 
% The extension \pkg{piton} provides a special style called~|UserFunction|. That
% style applies to the names of the functions previously defined by the user
% (for example, in Python, these names are those following the keyword
% \piton{def} in a previous Python listing). The initial value of that style is
% empty, and, therefore, the names of the functions are formatted as standard
% text (in black). However, it's possible to change the value of that style, as
% any other style, with the command |\SetPitonStyle|.
%
% \medskip
% In the following example, we tune the styles |Name.Function| and |UserFunction|
% so as to have clickable names of functions linked to the (informatic)
% definition of the function.
%
% \begingroup
%
% \NewDocumentCommand{\MyDefFunction}{m}{\hypertarget{piton:#1}{\color[HTML]{CC00FF}{#1}}}
% \NewDocumentCommand{\MyUserFunction}{m}{\hyperlink{piton:#1}{#1}}
%
% \SetPitonStyle
%   {
%     Name.Function = \MyDefFunction ,
%     UserFunction = \MyUserFunction
%   }
%
% \medskip
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \NewDocumentCommand{\MyDefFunction}{m}
%    {\hypertarget{piton:~#1}{\color[HTML]{CC00FF}{~#1}}}
% \NewDocumentCommand{\MyUserFunction}{m}{\hyperlink{piton:~#1}{~#1}}
%
% \SetPitonStyle{Name.Function = \MyDefFunction, ~emphase#UserFunction@ = \MyUserFunction}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% \bigskip
%
% \begin{Piton}
% def transpose(v,i,j):
%     x = v[i]
%     v[i] = v[j]
%     v[j] = x 
%
% def passe(v):
%     for in in range(0,len(v)-1):
%         if v[i] > v[i+1]:
%             transpose(v,i,i+1)
% \end{Piton}
%
% \endgroup
%
% \PitonClearUserFunctions[Python]
%
% \bigskip
% \begin{small}
% Of course, the list of the names of Python functions previously défined is
% kept in the memory of LuaLaTeX (in a global way, that is to say independently
% of the TeX groups). The extension \pkg{piton} provides a command to clear that
% list : it's the command |\PitonClearUserFunctions|. When it is used without
% argument, that command is applied to all the informatic languages used by the
% user but it's also possible to use it with an optional argument (between
% square brackets) which is a list of informatic languages to which the command
% will be applied.\footnote{We remind that, in \pkg{piton}, the name of the
% informatic languages are case-insensitive.}
% \end{small}
% 
% \subsection{Creation of new environments}
%
% \label{NewPitonEnvironment}
% \indexcommand{NewPitonEnvironment}
% 
% Since the environment |{Piton}| has to catch its body in a special way (more
% or less as verbatim text), it's not possible to construct new environments
% directly over the environment |{Piton}| with the classical commands
% |\newenvironment| (of standard LaTeX) or |\NewDocumentEnvironment| (of
% LaTeX3). 
%
% That's why \pkg{piton} provides a command |\NewPitonEnvironment|. That
% command takes in three mandatory arguments. 

% That command has the same syntax as the classical environment
% |\NewDocumentEnvironment|.\footnote{However, the specifier of argument |b|
% (used to catch the body of the environment as a LaTeX argument) is
% not allowed.}
%
% 
% \bigskip
% With the following instruction, a new environment |{Python}| will be
% constructed with the same behaviour as |{Piton}|:
%
% {\color{gray}\verb|\NewPitonEnvironment{Python}{O{}}{\PitonOptions{#1}}{}|}
% 
% \bigskip
% If one wishes to format Python code in a box of \pkg{tcolorbox}, it's possible
% to define an environment |{Python}| with the following code (of course, the
% package \pkg{tcolorbox} must be loaded).
%
%\begin{verbatim}
% \NewPitonEnvironment{Python}{}
%   {\begin{tcolorbox}}
%   {\end{tcolorbox}}
% \end{verbatim}
%
% \bigskip
% With this new environment |{Python}|, it's possible to write:
%
% \begin{Verbatim}
% ~emphase#\begin{Python}@
% def square(x):
%     """Compute the square of a number"""
%     return x*x
% ~emphase#\end{Python}@
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% \NewPitonEnvironment{Python}{}
%   {\begin{tcolorbox}}
%   {\end{tcolorbox}}
%
% \begin{Python}
% def square(x):
%     """Compute the square of a number"""
%     return x*x
% \end{Python}
%
%
% \section{Advanced features}
%
% \subsection{Page breaks and line breaks}
%
% \label{breakable}
%
% \subsubsection{Page breaks}
% \index{splittable}
%
% By default, the listings produced by the environment |{Piton}| and the command
% |\PitonInputFile| are not breakable.
%
% However, the command |\PitonOptions| provides the key \Definition{splittable}
% to allow such breaks.
%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item If the key |splittable| is used without any value, the
% listings are breakable everywhere.
% \item If the key |splittable| is used with a numeric value~$n$ (which must be
% a non-negative integer number), the listings are breakable but no break will
% occur within the first $n$ lines and within the last $n$ lines. Therefore,
% |splittable=1| is equivalent to |splittable|.
% \end{itemize}
%
% \medskip
% Even with a background color (set by the key |background-color|), the pages
% breaks are allowed, as soon as the key |splittable| is in force.\footnote{With
% the key |splittable|, the environments \texttt{\{Piton\}} are breakable, even
% within a (breakable) environment of \pkg{tcolorbox}. Remind that an
% environment of \pkg{tcolorbox} included in another environment of
% \pkg{tcolorbox} is \emph{not} breakable, even when both environments use the
% key |breakable| of \pkg{tcolorbox}.}
% 
% \subsubsection{Line breaks}
% 
% \label{line-breaks}
% 
% By default, the elements produced by \pkg{piton} can't be broken by an end on
% line. However, there are keys to allow such breaks (the possible breaking
% points are the spaces, even the spaces in the Python strings).
% \begin{itemize}
% \item \index{break-lines!break-lines-in-piton} With the key
% \Definition{break-lines-in-piton}, the line breaks are allowed in the command
% |\piton{...}| (but not in the command \verb+\piton|...|+, that is to say the
% command |\piton| in verbatim mode).
% \item \index{break-lines!break-lines-in-Piton} With the key
% \Definition{break-lines-in-Piton}, the line breaks are allowed in the
% environment |{Piton}| (hence the capital letter |P| in the name) and in the
% listings produced by |\PitonInputFile|.
% \item \index{break-lines} The key \Definition{break-lines} is a conjonction of
% the two previous keys. 
% \end{itemize}
% 
% \bigskip 
% The package \pkg{piton} provides also several keys to control the appearance
% on the line breaks allowed by |break-lines-in-Piton|.
%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item \index{indent-broken-lines} With the key
% \Definition{indent-broken-lines}, the indentation of a 
% broken line is respected at carriage return.
%
% \item The key \Definition{end-of-broken-line} corresponds to the symbol placed
% at the end of a broken line. The initial value is:
% |\hspace*{0.5em}\textbackslash|.
%
% \item \index{continuation-symbol} The key \Definition{continuation-symbol}
% corresponds to the symbol placed at each carriage return. The initial value
% is: |+\;| (the command |\;| inserts a small horizontal space).
%
% \item \index{continuation-symbol-on-indentation} 
% The key \Definition{continuation-symbol-on-indentation} corresponds to
% the symbol placed at each carriage return, on the position of the indentation
% (only when the key |indent-broken-line| is in force). The initial value is:
% |$\hookrightarrow\;$|.
% \end{itemize}
%
%
% \bigskip
% The following code has been composed with the following tuning:
%
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \PitonOptions{width=12cm,break-lines,indent-broken-lines,background-color=gray!15}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% \begin{center}
% \PitonOptions{width=12cm,break-lines,indent-broken-lines,background-color=gray!15}
% \begin{Piton}
% def dict_of_list(l):
%     """Converts a list of subrs and descriptions of glyphs in a dictionary"""
%     our_dict = {}
%     for list_letter in l:
%         if (list_letter[0][0:3] == 'dup'): # if it's a subr
%             name = list_letter[0][4:-3]
%             print("We treat the subr of number " + name)
%         else:
%             name = list_letter[0][1:-3] # if it's a glyph
%             print("We treat the glyph of number " + name)
%         our_dict[name] = [treat_Postscript_line(k) for k in list_letter[1:-1]]
%     return dict
% \end{Piton}
% \end{center}
%
%
% \bigskip
% \subsection{Insertion of a part of a file}
%
% \label{part-of-a-file}
% \indexcommand{PitonInputFile}
%
% The command |\PitonInputFile| inserts (with formating) the content of a file.
% In fact, it's possible to insert only \emph{a part} of that file. Two
% mechanisms are provided in this aim.
% \begin{itemize}
% \item It's possible to specify the part that we want to insert by the numbers
% of the lines (in the original file).
% \item It's also possible to specify the part to insert with textual markers.
% \end{itemize}
% In both cases, if we want to number the lines with the numbers of the
% lines in the file, we have to use the key |line-numbers/absolute|.
%
% \subsubsection{With line numbers}
%
% The command |\PitonInputFile| supports the keys \Definition{first-line} and
% \Definition{last-line} in order to insert only the part of file between the
% corresponding lines. Not to be confused with the key |line-numbers/start|
% which fixes the first line number for the line numbering. In a sens,
% |line-numbers/start| deals with the output whereas |first-line| and
% |last-line| deal with the input.
%
% \subsubsection{With textual markers}
%
% \index{marker/beginning}
% \index{marker/end}
%
% In order to use that feature, we first have to specify the format of the
% markers (for the beginning and the end of the part to include) with the keys
% \Definition{marker-beginning} and \Definition{marker-end} (usually with the
% command |\PitonOptions|). 
%
%
% \medskip
% Let us take a practical example.
%
% \medskip
% We assume that the file to include contains solutions to exercises of
% programmation on the following model.
%
% \begin{Verbatim}[formatcom=\small\color{gray}]
% ~#[Exercise 1] Iterative version
% def fibo(n):
%     if n==0: return 0 
%     else:
%         u=0
%         v=1
%         for i in range(n-1):
%             w = u+v
%             u = v
%             v = w
%         return v
% ~#<Exercise 1>
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% The markers of the beginning and the end are the strings |#[Exercise 1]| and
% |#<Exercise 1>|. The string ``|Exercise 1|'' will be called the \emph{label}
% of the exercise (or of the part of the file to be included).
%
% In order to specify such markers in \pkg{piton}, we will use the keys
% |marker/beginning| and |marker/end| with the following instruction (the
% character |#| of the comments of Python must be inserted with the protected
% form |\#|). 
%
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \PitonOptions{ ~emphase#marker/beginning@ = \~#[~#1] , ~emphase#marker/end@ = \~#<~#1> } 
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% As one can see, |marker/beginning| is an expression corresponding to the
% mathematical function which transforms the label (here |Exercise 1|) into the
% the beginning marker (in the example |#[Exercise 1]|). The string |#1|
% corresponds to the occurrences of the argument of that function, which the
% classical syntax in TeX. Idem for |marker/end|.
%
% \bigskip 
% Now, you only have to use the key \Definition{range} of |\PitonInputFile| to
% insert a marked content of the file.
%
% \smallskip
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \PitonInputFile[~emphase#range = Exercise 1@]{~textsl#file_name@}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% \medskip
% \begin{Piton}
% def fibo(n):
%     if n==0: return 0 
%     else:
%         u=0
%         v=1
%         for i in range(n-1):
%             w = u+v
%             u = v
%             v = w
%         return v
% \end{Piton}
%
% \vspace{1cm}
% \index{marker/include-line}
% The key \Definition{marker/include-line} requires the insertion of the lines
% containing the markers.
%
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \PitonInputFile[~emphase#marker/include-lines@,range = Exercise 1]{~textsl#file_name@}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% \begin{Piton}
% #[Exercise 1] Iterative version
% def fibo(n):
%     if n==0: return 0 
%     else:
%         u=0
%         v=1
%         for i in range(n-1):
%             w = u+v
%             u = v
%             v = w
%         return v
% #<Exercise 1>
% \end{Piton}
%
%
% \bigskip
% \index{begin-range}
% \index{end-range}
% In fact, there exist also the keys \Definition{begin-range} and
% \Definition{end-range} to insert several marked contents at the same time.
%
% For example, in order to insert the solutions of the exercises~3 to~5, we will
% write (if the file has the correct structure!):
%
%
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \PitonInputFile[~emphase#begin-range = Exercise 3, end-range = Exercise 5@]{~textsl#file_name@}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
%
%
% \subsection{Highlighting some identifiers}
%
% \label{SetPitonIdentifier}
%
% \colorbox{yellow!50}{\bfseries Modification 2.4}\par\nobreak
%
% \smallskip
% The command |\SetPitonIdentifier| allows to change the formatting of some
% identifiers.
%
% \smallskip
% That command takes in three arguments: 
%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item The optionnal argument (within square brackets) specifies the informatic
% langage. If this argument is not present, the tunings done by
% |\SetPitonIdentifier| will apply to all the informatic langages of
% \pkg{piton}.\footnote{We recall, that, in the package \pkg{piton}, the
% names of the informatic languages are case-insensitive.}
%
% \item The first mandatory argument is a comma-separated list of names of
% identifiers.
%
% \item The second mandatory argument is a list of LaTeX instructions of the
% same type as \pkg{piton} ``styles'' previously presented (cf~\ref{styles}
% p.~\pageref{styles}). 
% \end{itemize}
% 
% \emph{Caution}: Only the identifiers may be concerned by that key. The
% keywords and the built-in functions won't be affected, even if their name
% appear in the first argument of the command |\SetPitonIdentifier|.
% 
% \begin{Verbatim}
% ~emphase#\SetPitonIdentifier{l1,l2}{\color{red}}@
% \begin{Piton}
% def tri(l):
%     """Segmentation sort"""
%     if len(l) <= 1:
%         return l
%     else:
%         a = l[0]
%         l1 = [ x for x in l[1:] if x < a  ]
%         l2 = [ x for x in l[1:] if x >= a ]
%         return tri(l1) + [a] + tri(l2)
% \end{Piton}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
%
% \bigskip
%
% \begingroup
%
% \SetPitonIdentifier{l1,l2}{\color{red}}
%
% \begin{Piton}
% def tri(l):
%     """Segmentation sort"""
%     if len(l) <= 1:
%         return l
%     else:
%         a = l[0]
%         l1 = [ x for x in l[1:] if x < a  ]
%         l2 = [ x for x in l[1:] if x >= a ]
%         return tri(l1) + [a] + tri(l2)
% \end{Piton}
%
% \endgroup
% 
% \bigskip
% By using the command |\SetPitonIdentifier|, it's possible to add other
% built-in functions (or other new keywords, etc.) that will be detected by
% \pkg{piton}.
%
%
% \begin{Verbatim}
% ~emphase#\SetPitonIdentifier[Python]@
%   {cos, sin, tan, floor, ceil, trunc, pow, exp, ln, factorial}
%   {\PitonStyle{Name.Builtin}}
%
% \begin{Piton}
% from math import *
% cos(pi/2) 
% factorial(5)
% ceil(-2.3) 
% floor(5.4) 
% \end{Piton}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% \begingroup
%
% \SetPitonIdentifier[Python]
%   {cos, sin, tan, floor, ceil, trunc, pow, exp, ln, factorial}
%   {\PitonStyle{Name.Builtin}}
%
% \begin{Piton}
% from math import *
% cos(pi/2) 
% factorial(5)
% ceil(-2.3) 
% floor(5.4) 
% \end{Piton}
%
%
% \endgroup
%
%
% \subsection{Mechanisms to escape to LaTeX}
%
% \index{escapes to LaTeX}
% 
% The package \pkg{piton} provides several mechanisms for escaping to LaTeX:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item It's possible to compose comments entirely in LaTeX.
% \item It's possible to have the elements between \texttt{\$} in the comments
% composed in LateX mathematical mode.
% \item It's possible to ask \pkg{piton} to detect automatically some LaTeX
% commands, thanks to the key |detected-commands|.
% \item It's also possible to insert LaTeX code almost everywhere in a Python listing.
% \end{itemize}
%
% One should aslo remark that, when the extension \pkg{piton} is used with the
% class \cls{beamer}, \pkg{piton} detects in |{Piton}| many commands and
% environments of Beamer: cf. \ref{beamer} p.~\pageref{beamer}.
%
% \subsubsection{The ``LaTeX comments''}
%
% \index{comment-latex}
%
% In this document, we call ``LaTeX comments'' the comments which begins by
% |#>|. The code following those characters, until the end of the line, will be
% composed as standard LaTeX code. There is two tools to customize those
% comments.
%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item It's possible to change the syntatic mark (which, by default, is |#>|).
% For this purpose, there is a key |comment-latex| available only in the
% preamble of the document, allows to choice the characters which,
% preceded by |#|, will be the syntatic marker.
%
% For example, if the preamble contains the following instruction:
% 
% \quad \verb|\PitonOptions{comment-latex = LaTeX}|
%
% the LaTeX comments will begin by |#LaTeX|.
%
% If the key |comment-latex| is used with the empty value, all the Python
% comments (which begins by |#|) will, in fact, be ``LaTeX comments''.
%
% \smallskip
% \item It's possible to change the formatting of the LaTeX comment itself by
% changing the \pkg{piton} style |Comment.LaTeX|.
%
% For example, with |\SetPitonStyle{Comment.LaTeX = \normalfont\color{blue}}|,
% the LaTeX comments will be composed in blue.
%
% If you want to have a character |#| at the beginning of the LaTeX comment in
% the \textsc{pdf}, you can use set |Comment.LaTeX| as follows:
%
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \SetPitonStyle{Comment.LaTeX = \color{gray}\~#\normalfont\space }
% \end{Verbatim}
% 
% For other examples of customization of the LaTeX comments, see the part
% \ref{example-comments} p.~\pageref{example-comments}
% \end{itemize}
%
% \bigskip
% If the user has required line numbers (with the key |line-numbers|), it's
% possible to refer to a number of line with the command |\label| used in a
% LaTeX comment.\footnote{That feature is implemented by using a redefinition of
% the standard command \texttt{\textbackslash label} in the environments
% \texttt{\{Piton\}}. Therefore, incompatibilities may occur with extensions
% which redefine (globally) that command \texttt{\textbackslash label} (for
% example: \pkg{varioref}, \pkg{refcheck}, \pkg{showlabels}, etc.)}
%
% \subsubsection{The key ``math-comments''}
%
% \index{math-comments}
%
% It's possible to request that, in the standard Python comments (that is to say
% those beginning by |#| and not |#>|), the elements between \texttt{\$} be
% composed in LaTeX mathematical mode (the other elements of the comment being
% composed verbatim).
%
% That feature is activated by the key \Definition{math-comments}, \emph{which is
% available only in the preamble of the document}.
%
% \medskip
% Here is a example, where we have assumed that the preamble of the document
% contains the instruction |\PitonOptions{math-comment}|:
% 
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \begin{Piton}
% def square(x):
%     return x*x ~# compute $x^2$
% \end{Piton}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% \begin{Piton}
% def square(x):
%     return x*x # compute $x^2$
% \end{Piton}
%
% \subsubsection{The key ``detected-commands''}
%
% \index{detected-commands (key)}
% \label{detected-commands}
%
% The key |detected-commands| of |\PitonOptions| allow to specify a
% (comma-separated) list of names of LaTeX commands that will be detected 
% directly by \pkg{piton}.
%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item The key |detected-commands| must be used in the preamble of the LaTeX document.
% 
% \item The names of the LaTeX commands must appear without the leading
% backslash (eg. |detected-commands = { emph, textbf }|). 
%
% \item These commands must be LaTeX commands with only one (mandatory) argument
% between braces (and these braces must be explicit). 
% \end{itemize}
%
% \medskip
% We assume that the preamble of the LaTeX document contains the following line.
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \PitonOptions{~emphase#detected-commands@ = highLight}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% Then, it's possible to write directly:
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \begin{Piton}
% def fact(n):
%     if n==0:
%         return 1
%     else:
%         ~emphase#\highLight@{return n*fact(n-1)}
% \end{Piton}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% \begin{Piton}
% def fact(n):
%     if n==0:
%         return 1
%     else:
%         \highLight{return n*fact(n-1)}
% \end{Piton}
%
% 
% \subsubsection{The mechanism ``escape''}
%
% \label{escape}
%
% It's also possible to overwrite the Python listings to insert LaTeX code
% almost everywhere (but between lexical units, of course). By default,
% \pkg{piton} does not fix any delimiters for that kind of escape.
%
% In order to use this mechanism, it's necessary to specify the delimiters which
% will delimit the escape (one for the beginning and one for the end) by using
% the keys \Definition{begin-escape} and \Definition{end-escape}, \emph{available only
% in the preamble of the document}.
%
% \medskip
% We consider once again the previous example of a recursive programmation of
% the factorial. We want to highlight in pink the instruction containing the
% recursive call. With the package \pkg{lua-ul}, we can use the syntax
% |\highLight[LightPink]{...}|. Because of the optional argument between square
% brackets, it's not possible to use the key |detected-commands| but it's
% possible to acheive our goal with the more general mechanism ``escape''.
%
% \medskip
% We assume that the preamble of the document contains
% the following instruction:
%
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \PitonOptions{~emphase#begin-escape=!,end-escape=!@}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% \medskip
% Then, it's possible to write:
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \begin{Piton}
% def fact(n):
%     if n==0:
%         return 1
%     else:
%         ~emphase#!\highLight[LightPink]{!@return n*fact(n-1)~emphase#!}!@
% \end{Piton}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
%    \begin{Piton}
% def fact(n):
%     if n==0:
%         return 1
%     else:
%         !\highLight[LightPink]{!return n*fact(n-1)!}!
%    \end{Piton}
%
%
%
% \bigskip
% \emph{Caution} : The escape to LaTeX allowed by the |begin-escape| and
% |end-escape| is not active in the strings nor in the Python comments (however,
% it's possible to have a whole Python comment composed in LaTeX by beginning it
% with |#>|; such comments are merely called ``LaTeX comments'' in this
% document).
% 
%
% \subsubsection{The mechanism ``escape-math''}
% 
% The mechanism ``|escape-math|'' is very similar to the mechanism ``|escape|''
% since the only difference is that the elements sent to LaTeX are composed in
% the math mode of LaTeX.
%
% This mechanism is activated with the keys \Definition{begin-escape-math} and
% \Definition{end-escape-math} (\emph{which are available only in the preamble of the
% document}). 
%
% Despite the technical similarity, the use of the the mechanism
% ``|escape-math|'' is in fact rather different from that of the mechanism
% ``|escape|''. Indeed, since the elements are composed in a mathématical mode
% of LaTeX, they are, in particular, composed within a TeX group and therefore,
% they can't be used to change the formatting of other lexical units.
%
% In the langages where the character \verb|$| does not play a important role,
% it's possible to activate that mechanism ``|escape-math|'' with the character
% \verb|$|:
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \PitonOptions{~emphase#begin-escape-math=$,end-escape-math=$@}
% \end{Verbatim}
% Remark that the character \verb|$| must \emph{not} be protected by a backslash.
%
% \bigskip
% However, it's probably more prudent to use |\(| et |\)|.
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \PitonOptions{~emphase#begin-escape-math=\(,end-escape-math=\)@}
% \end{Verbatim}
% 
% \bigskip
% Here is an example of utilisation.
%
% \medskip
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \begin{Piton}[line-numbers]
% def arctan(x,n=10):
%     if ~emphase#\(x < 0\)@ :
%         return ~emphase#\(-\arctan(-x)\)@ 
%     elif ~emphase#\(x > 1\)@ : 
%         return ~emphase#\(\pi/2 - \arctan(1/x)\)@ 
%     else: 
%         s = ~emphase#\(0\)@
%         for ~emphase#\(k\)@ in range(~emphase#\(n\)@): s += ~emphase#\(\smash{\frac{(-1)^k}{2k+1} x^{2k+1}}\)@
%         return s
% \end{Piton}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
%
% \bigskip
%
% \begin{Piton}[line-numbers]
% def arctan(x,n=10):
%     if \(x < 0\) :
%         return \(-\arctan(-x)\) 
%     elif \(x > 1\) : 
%         return \(\pi/2 - \arctan(1/x)\) 
%     else: 
%         s = \(0\)
%         for \(k\) in range(\(n\)): s += \(\smash{\frac{(-1)^k}{2k+1} x^{2k+1}}\)
%         return s
% \end{Piton}
% 
%
% \subsection{Behaviour in the class Beamer}
%
% \label{beamer}
% \index{Beamer@\cls{Beamer} (class)}
%
% \emph{First remark}\par\nobreak
% Since the environment |{Piton}| catches its body with a verbatim mode, it's
% necessary to use the environments |{Piton}| within environments |{frame}| of
% Beamer protected by the key |fragile|, i.e. beginning with
% |\begin{frame}[fragile]|.\footnote{Remind that for an environment
% \texttt{\{frame\}} of Beamer using the key |fragile|, the instruction
% \texttt{\textbackslash end\{frame\}} must be alone on a single line (except
% for any leading whitespace).}
%
%
% \bigskip
% When the package \pkg{piton} is used within the class
% \cls{beamer}\footnote{The extension \pkg{piton} detects the class \cls{beamer}
% and the package \pkg{beamerarticle} if it is loaded previously
% but, if needed, it's also possible to activate that mechanism with the key
% |beamer| provided by \pkg{piton} at load-time: |\textbackslash
% usepackage[beamer]\{piton\}|}, the behaviour of \pkg{piton} is slightly
% modified, as described now.
%
% \subsubsection{\{Piton\} et \textbackslash PitonInputFile are
% ``overlay-aware''}
%
% When \pkg{piton} is used in the class \cls{beamer}, the environment |{Piton}|
% and the command |\PitonInputFile| accept the optional argument |<...>| of
% Beamer for the overlays which are involved.
%
% For example, it's possible to write:
%
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \begin{Piton}~emphase#<2-5>@
% ...
% \end{Piton}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% and 
%
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \PitonInputFile~emphase#<2-5>@{my_file.py}
% \end{Verbatim}
% 
% \subsubsection{Commands of Beamer allowed in \{Piton\} and \textbackslash PitonInputFile}
%
% When \pkg{piton} is used in the class \cls{beamer} , the following commands of
% \cls{beamer} (classified upon their number of arguments) are automatically
% detected in the environments |{Piton}| (and in the listings processed by
% |\PitonInputFile|):
% \begin{itemize}
% \item no mandatory argument : |\pause|\footnote{One should remark that it's
% also  possible to use the command \texttt{\textbackslash pause} in a ``LaTeX
% comment'', that is to say by writing \texttt{\#> \textbackslash pause}. By
% this way, if the Python code is copied, it's still executable by Python}.  ;
% \item one mandatory argument : |\action|, |\alert|, |\invisible|, |\only|, |\uncover| and |\visible| ;
% \item two mandatory arguments : |\alt| ; 
% \item three mandatory arguments  : |\temporal|.
% \end{itemize}

% \medskip
% In the mandatory arguments of these commands, the braces must be balanced.
% However, the braces included in short strings\footnote{The short strings of
% Python are the strings delimited by characters \texttt{'} or the characters
% \texttt{"} and not \texttt{'''} nor \texttt{"""}. In Python, the short strings
% can't extend on several lines.} of Python are not considered. 
%
% \medskip
% Regarding the fonctions |\alt| and |\temporal| there should be no carriage
% returns in the mandatory arguments of these functions.
%
% \medskip
% Here is a complete example of file:
%
% \begin{Verbatim}[formatcom = \small\color{gray}]
% \documentclass{beamer}
% \usepackage{piton}
% \begin{document}
% \begin{frame}[fragile]
% \begin{Piton}
% def string_of_list(l):
%     """Convert a list of numbers in string"""
% ~emphase#    \only<2->{s = "{" + str(l[0])}@
% ~emphase#    \only<3->{for x in l[1:]: s = s + "," + str(x)}@
% ~emphase#    \only<4->{s = s + "}"}@
%     return s
% \end{Piton}
% \end{frame}
% \end{document}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% In the previous example, the braces in the Python strings |"{"| and |"}"| are
% correctly interpreted (without any escape character).
% 
% 
%
%
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{Environments of Beamer allowed in \{Piton\} and \textbackslash PitonInputFile}
%
% When \pkg{piton} is used in the class \pkg{beamer}, the following environments
% of Beamer are directly detected in the environments |{Piton}| (and in the
% listings processed by |\PitonInputFile|): |{actionenv}|, |{alertenv}|,
% |{invisibleenv}|, |{onlyenv}|, |{uncoverenv}| and |{visibleenv}|.
%
% However, there is a restriction: these environments must contain only \emph{whole
% lines of Python code} in their body.
%
%\medskip
% Here is an example:
%
% \begin{Verbatim}[formatcom = \small\color{gray}]
% \documentclass{beamer}
% \usepackage{piton}
% \begin{document}
% \begin{frame}[fragile]
% \begin{Piton}
% def square(x):
%     """Compure the square of its argument"""
%     ~emphase#\begin{uncoverenv}<2>@
%     return x*x
%     ~emphase#\end{uncoverenv}@
% \end{Piton}
% \end{frame}
% \end{document}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
%
% \vspace{1cm}
% \textbf{Remark concerning the command \textbackslash alert and the environment
% \{alertenv\} of Beamer}\par\nobreak
%
% \smallskip
% Beamer provides an easy way to change the color used by the environment
% |{alertenv}| (and by the command |\alert| which relies upon it) to highlight
% its argument. Here is an example:
%
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \setbeamercolor{~emphase#alerted text@}{fg=blue} 
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% However, when used inside an environment |{Piton}|, such tuning will probably
% not be the best choice because \pkg{piton} will, by design, change (most of
% the time) the color the different elements of text. One may prefer an environment
% |{alertenv}| that will change the background color for the elements to be
% hightlighted. 
%
% \smallskip
% Here is a code that will do that job and add a yellow background. That code
% uses the command |\@highLight| of \pkg{lua-ul} (that extension requires also
% the package \pkg{luacolor}).
%
% \begingroup
% \fvset{commandchars=\~\#\+,formatcom=\color{gray}}
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \setbeamercolor{alerted text}{bg=yellow!50}
% \makeatletter
% \AddToHook{env/Piton/begin}
%   {\renewenvironment<>{alertenv}{\only~#1{~emphase#\@highLight+[alerted text.bg]}}{}}
% \makeatother
% \end{Verbatim}
% \endgroup
%
% That code redefines locally the environment |{alertenv}| within the
% environments |{Piton}| (we recall that the command |\alert| relies upon that
% environment |{alertenv}|).
%
% 
% \subsection{Footnotes in the environments of piton}
%
%  \index{footnote@\pkg{footnote} (extension)}
% \index{footnote (key)}
% \index{footnotehyper@\pkg{footnotehyper} (extension)}
% \index{footnotehyper (key)}
%
% \label{footnote}
% If you want to put footnotes in an environment |{Piton}| or
% (or, more unlikely, in a listing produced by |\PitonInputFile|), you can use a
% pair |\footnotemark|--|\footnotetext|. 
%
% \smallskip
% However, it's also possible to extract the footnotes with the help of the
% package \pkg{footnote} or the package \pkg{footnotehyper}.
%
% \smallskip
% If \pkg{piton} is loaded with the option |footnote| (with
% |\usepackage[footnote]{piton}| or with |\PassOptionsToPackage|), the
% package \pkg{footnote} is loaded (if it is not yet loaded) and it is used to
% extract the footnotes.
%
% \smallskip
% If \pkg{piton} is loaded with the option |footnotehyper|, the package
% \pkg{footnotehyper} is loaded (if it is not yet loaded) ant it is used to
% extract footnotes.
%
% \smallskip
% Caution: The packages \pkg{footnote} and \pkg{footnotehyper} are incompatible.
% The package \pkg{footnotehyper} is the successor of the package \pkg{footnote}
% and should be used preferently. The package \pkg{footnote} has some drawbacks,
% in particular: it must be loaded after the package \pkg{xcolor} and it is not
% perfectly compatible with \pkg{hyperref}.
%
% \medskip 
% In this document, the package \pkg{piton} has been loaded with the
% option |footnotehyper|. For examples of notes, cf. \ref{notes-examples},
% p.~\pageref{notes-examples}.
%
% \subsection{Tabulations}
%
% \index{tabulations}
% \index{tab-size}
%
% \smallskip 
% Even though it's recommended to indent the Python listings with spaces (see
% PEP~8), \pkg{piton} accepts the characters of tabulation (that is to say the
% characters U+0009) at the beginning of the lines. Each character U+0009 is
% replaced by $n$~spaces. The initial value of $n$ is $4$ but it's possible to
% change it with the key |tab-size| of |\PitonOptions|.
%
% \smallskip
% There exists also a key |tabs-auto-gobble| which computes the minimal value
% $n$ of the number of consecutive characters U+0009 beginning each (non empty)
% line of the environment |{Piton}| and applies |gobble| with that value of~$n$
% (before replacement of the tabulations by spaces, of course). Hence, that key
% is similar to the key |auto-gobble| but acts on U+0009 instead of U+0020
% (spaces).
%
%
% \bigskip
% \section{API for the developpers}
%
% \label{API}
% 
% The L3 variable |\l_piton_language_str| contains the name of the current
% language of \pkg{piton} (in lower case).
%
% \bigskip
% \colorbox{yellow!50}{\textbf{New 2.6}}\par\nobreak
%
% The extension \pkg{piton} provides a Lua function |piton.get_last_code|
% without argument which returns the code in the latest environment of
% \pkg{piton}.
% \begin{itemize}
% \item The carriage returns (which are present in the initial environment)
% appears as characters |\r| (i.e. U+000D).
%
% \item The code returned by |piton.get_last_code()| takes into account the
% potential application of a key |gobble|, |auto-gobble| or |env-gobble|
% (cf.~p.~\pageref{gobble}). 
%
% \item The extra formatting elements added in the code are deleted in the code
% returned by |piton.get_last_code()|. That concerns the LaTeX commands declared
% by the key |detected-commands| (cf. part~\ref{detected-commands}) and the
% elements inserted by the mechanism ``|escape|'' (cf. part~\ref{escape}).
%
% \item |piton.get_last_code| is a Lua function and not a Lua string: the
% treatments outlined above are executed when the function is called. Therefore,
% it might be judicious to store the value returned by |piton.get_last_code()|
% in a variable of Lua if it will be used serveral times.
% \end{itemize}
% 
% \medskip
% For an example of use, see the part concerning |pyluatex|, part~\ref{pyluatex},
% p.~\pageref{pyluatex}. 
%
%
% \section{Examples}
%
% \subsection{Line numbering}
%
% \label{example-numbering}
% \index{numbers of the lines de code|emph}
%
% We remind that it's possible to have an automatic numbering of the lines in
% the Python listings by using the key |line-numbers|.
%
% By default, the numbers of the lines are composed by \pkg{piton} in an
% overlapping position on the left (by using internally the command |\llap| of LaTeX).
%
% In order to avoid that overlapping, it's possible to use the option |left-margin=auto|
% which will insert automatically a margin adapted to the numbers of lines that
% will be written (that margin is larger when the numbers are greater than~10).
%
%
% \begingroup
% \fvset{commandchars=\~\&\@,formatcom=\small\color{gray}}
% \begin{Verbatim}
% ~emphase&\PitonOptions{background-color=gray!10, left-margin = auto, line-numbers}@
% \begin{Piton}
% def arctan(x,n=10):
%     if x < 0:
%         return -arctan(-x)        #> (recursive call)
%     elif x > 1: 
%         return pi/2 - arctan(1/x) #> (other recursive call) 
%     else: 
%         return sum( (-1)**k/(2*k+1)*x**(2*k+1) for k in range(n) ) 
% \end{Piton}
% \end{Verbatim}
% \endgroup
%
%
%
% \begingroup
% \PitonOptions{background-color=gray!10,left-margin = auto, line-numbers}
% \begin{Piton}
% def arctan(x,n=10):
%     if x < 0:
%         return -arctan(-x)        #> (recursive call)
%     elif x > 1: 
%         return pi/2 - arctan(1/x) #> (other recursive call) 
%     else: 
%         return sum( (-1)**k/(2*k+1)*x**(2*k+1) for k in range(n) ) 
% \end{Piton}
% \endgroup
%
%
%
% \bigskip
% \subsection{Formatting of the LaTeX comments}
%
% \label{example-comments}
%
% It's possible to modify the style |Comment.LaTeX| (with |\SetPitonStyle|) in
% order to display the LaTeX comments (which begin with |#>|) aligned on the
% right margin.
%
%
% \begingroup
% \fvset{commandchars=\~\&\@,formatcom=\small\color{gray}}
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \PitonOptions{background-color=gray!10}
% ~emphase&\SetPitonStyle{Comment.LaTeX = \hfill \normalfont\color{gray}}@
% \begin{Piton}
% def arctan(x,n=10):
%     if x < 0:
%         return -arctan(-x)        #> recursive call
%     elif x > 1: 
%         return pi/2 - arctan(1/x) #> other recursive call 
%     else: 
%         return sum( (-1)**k/(2*k+1)*x**(2*k+1) for k in range(n) ) 
% \end{Piton}
% \end{Verbatim}
% \endgroup
%
% \begingroup
% \PitonOptions{background-color=gray!10}
% \SetPitonStyle{Comment.LaTeX = \hfill \normalfont\color{gray}}
% \begin{Piton}
% def arctan(x,n=10):
%     if x < 0:
%         return -arctan(-x)        #> recursive call
%     elif x > 1: 
%         return pi/2 - arctan(1/x) #> another recursive call 
%     else: 
%         return sum( (-1)**k/(2*k+1)*x**(2*k+1) for k in range(n) ) 
% \end{Piton}
% \endgroup
%
%
% \vspace{1cm}
% It's also possible to display these LaTeX comments in a kind of second column
% by limiting the width of the Python code with the key |width|. In the
% following example, we use the key |width| with the special value~|min|.
% Several compilations are required.
%
% \begingroup
% \fvset{commandchars=\~\&\@,formatcom=\small\color{gray}}
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \PitonOptions{background-color=gray!10, width=min}
% ~emphase&\NewDocumentCommand{\MyLaTeXCommand}{m}{\hfill \normalfont\itshape\rlap{\quad #1}}@
% ~emphase&\SetPitonStyle{Comment.LaTeX = \MyLaTeXCommand}@
% \begin{Piton}
% def arctan(x,n=10):
%     if x < 0:
%         return -arctan(-x) #> recursive call
%     elif x > 1: 
%         return pi/2 - arctan(1/x) #> another recursive call 
%     else: 
%         s = 0
%         for k in range(n):
%              s += (-1)**k/(2*k+1)*x**(2*k+1)
%         return s 
% \end{Piton}
% \end{Verbatim}
% \endgroup
%
%
%
% \begingroup
% \PitonOptions{background-color=gray!10, width=min}
% \NewDocumentCommand{\MyLaTeXCommand}{m}{\hfill \normalfont\itshape\rlap{\quad #1}}
% \SetPitonStyle{Comment.LaTeX = \MyLaTeXCommand}
% \begin{Piton}
% def arctan(x,n=10):
%     if x < 0:
%         return -arctan(-x) #> recursive call
%     elif x > 1: 
%         return pi/2 - arctan(1/x) #> another recursive call 
%     else: 
%         s = 0
%         for k in range(n):
%              s += (-1)**k/(2*k+1)*x**(2*k+1)
%         return s 
% \end{Piton}
% \endgroup
%
%
% \bigskip
% \subsection{Notes in the listings}
%
% \label{notes-examples}
% \index{notes in the listings}
% 
% In order to be able to extract the notes (which are typeset with the command
% |\footnote|), the extension \pkg{piton} must be loaded with the key |footnote|
% or the key |footenotehyper| as explained in the section \ref{footnote}
% p.~\pageref{footnote}. In this document, the extension \pkg{piton} has been
% loaded with the key |footnotehyper|.
%
% Of course, in an environment |{Piton}|, a command |\footnote| may appear only
% within a LaTeX comment (which begins with |#>|). It's possible to have comments
% which contain only that command |\footnote|. That's the case in the following example.
%
%
%
% \begingroup
% \fvset{commandchars=\~\&\@,formatcom=\small\color{gray}}
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \PitonOptions{background-color=gray!10}
% \begin{Piton}
% def arctan(x,n=10):
%     if x < 0:
%         return -arctan(-x)~emphase&#>\footnote{First recursive call.}]@
%     elif x > 1: 
%         return pi/2 - arctan(1/x)~emphase&#>\footnote{Second recursive call.}@
%     else: 
%         return sum( (-1)**k/(2*k+1)*x**(2*k+1) for k in range(n) ) 
% \end{Piton}
% \end{Verbatim}
% \endgroup
%
% \begingroup
% \PitonOptions{background-color=gray!10}
% \begin{Piton}
% def arctan(x,n=10):
%     if x < 0:
%         return -arctan(-x)#>\footnote{First recursive call.}
%     elif x > 1: 
%         return pi/2 - arctan(1/x)#>\footnote{Second recursive call.}
%     else: 
%         return sum( (-1)**k/(2*k+1)*x**(2*k+1) for k in range(n) ) 
% \end{Piton}
% \endgroup
%
%
% \vspace{1cm}
%
% If an environment |{Piton}| is used in an environment |{minipage}| of LaTeX,
% the notes are composed, of course, at the foot of the environment
% |{minipage}|. Recall that such |{minipage}| can't be broken by a page break.
%
%
% \begingroup
% \fvset{commandchars=\~\&\@,formatcom=\small\color{gray}}
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \PitonOptions{background-color=gray!10}
% \emphase\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
% \begin{Piton}
% def arctan(x,n=10):
%     if x < 0:
%         return -arctan(-x)~emphase&#>\footnote{First recursive call.}@
%     elif x > 1: 
%         return pi/2 - arctan(1/x)~emphase&#>\footnote{Second recursive call.}@
%     else: 
%         return sum( (-1)**k/(2*k+1)*x**(2*k+1) for k in range(n) ) 
% \end{Piton}
% \end{minipage}
% \end{Verbatim}
% \endgroup
%
% \begingroup
% \PitonOptions{background-color=gray!10}
% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
% \begin{Piton}
% def arctan(x,n=10):
%     if x < 0:
%         return -arctan(-x)#>\footnote{First recursive call.}
%     elif x > 1: 
%         return pi/2 - arctan(1/x)#>\footnote{Second recursive call.}
%     else: 
%         return sum( (-1)**k/(2*k+1)*x**(2*k+1) for k in range(n) ) 
% \end{Piton}
% \end{minipage}
% \endgroup
%
%
%
% \bigskip
%
% \subsection{An example of tuning of the styles}
%
% The graphical styles have been presented in the section \ref{styles},
% p.~\pageref{styles}.
%
% \smallskip
% We present now an example of tuning of these styles adapted to the documents
% in black and white. We use the font \emph{DejaVu Sans Mono}\footnote{See:
% \url{https://dejavu-fonts.github.io}} specified by the command |\setmonofont| of 
% \pkg{fontspec}. 
%
% That tuning uses the command |\highLight| of \pkg{lua-ul} (that package
% requires itself the package \pkg{luacolor}).
%
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \setmonofont[Scale=0.85]{DejaVu Sans Mono}
%
% \SetPitonStyle
%   {
%     Number = ,
%     String = \itshape , 
%     String.Doc = \color{gray} \slshape ,
%     Operator = , 
%     Operator.Word = \bfseries ,
%     Name.Builtin = ,
%     Name.Function = \bfseries \highLight[gray!20] ,
%     Comment = \color{gray} ,
%     Comment.LaTeX = \normalfont \color{gray},
%     Keyword = \bfseries ,
%     Name.Namespace = ,
%     Name.Class = , 
%     Name.Type = ,
%     InitialValues = \color{gray}
%   }
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% In that tuning, many values given to the keys are empty: that means that the
% corresponding style won't insert any formating instruction (the element will
% be composed in the standard color, usually in black, etc.). Nevertheless,
% those entries are mandatory because the initial value of those keys in
% \pkg{piton} is \emph{not} empty.
%
% \begingroup
%
% \setmonofont[Scale=0.85]{DejaVu Sans Mono}
%
%  \PitonOptions{splittable}
%
% \SetPitonStyle
%   {
%     Number = ,
%     String = \itshape , 
%     String.Doc = \color{gray} \slshape ,
%     Operator.Word = \bfseries ,
%     Operator = , 
%     Name.Builtin = ,
%     Name.Function = \bfseries \highLight[gray!20] ,
%     Comment = \color{gray} ,
%     Comment.LaTeX = \normalfont \color{gray} ,
%     Keyword = \bfseries ,
%     Name.Namespace = ,
%     Name.Class = , 
%     Name.Type = ,
%     InitialValues = \color{gray}
%   }
%
%
% \bigskip
%
% \begin{Piton}
% from math import pi
%
% def arctan(x,n=10):
%     """Compute the mathematical value of arctan(x)
%                                               
%     n is the number of terms in the sum
%     """
%     if x < 0:
%         return -arctan(-x) # recursive call
%     elif x > 1: 
%         return pi/2 - arctan(1/x) 
%         #> (we have used that $\arctan(x)+\arctan(1/x)=\pi/2$ for $x>0$)
%     else: 
%         s = 0
%         for k in range(n):
%             s += (-1)**k/(2*k+1)*x**(2*k+1)
%         return s 
% \end{Piton}
%
% \endgroup
% 
% \subsection{Use with pyluatex}
%
% \index{pyluatex@{\pkg{pyluatex}} (extension)}
% \label{pyluatex}
%
% The package \pkg{pyluatex} is an extension which allows the execution of some
% Python code from |lualatex| (provided that Python is installed on the machine
% and that the compilation is done with |lualatex| and |--shell-escape|).
%
% Here is, for example, an environment |{PitonExecute}| which formats a Python
% listing (with \pkg{piton}) but also displays the output of the execution of the
% code with Python.
% 
% \medskip
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \NewPitonEnvironment{~emphase#PitonExecute@}{!O{}}
%   {\PitonOptions{~#1}}
%   {\begin{center}
%    \directlua{pyluatex.execute(piton.get_last_code(), false, true, false, true)}%
%    \end{center}
%    \ignorespacesafterend}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% \medskip
% We have used the Lua function |piton.get_last_code| provided in the API of
% \pkg{piton} : cf.~part~\ref{API}, p.~\pageref{API}.
%
% \medskip
% This environment |{PitonExecute}| takes in as optional argument (between
% square brackets) the options of the command |\PitonOptions|.
%
%
%
% \clearpage
% \section{The styles for the different computer languages}
%
% \label{Semantic}
%
%
% \subsection{The language Python}
%
% In \pkg{piton}, the default language is Python. If necessary, it's possible to
% come back to the language Python with |\PitonOptions{language=Python}|.
%
% \bigskip
%
% The initial settings
% done by \pkg{piton} in |piton.sty| are inspired by the style \pkg{manni} de
% Pygments, as applied by Pygments to the language Python.\footnote{See:
% \url{https://pygments.org/styles/}. Remark that, by default, Pygments provides
% for its style \pkg{manni} a colored background whose color is the HTML color
% \texttt{\#F0F3F3}. It's possible to have the same color in \texttt{\{Piton\}}
% with the instruction \texttt{\textbackslash PitonOptions\{background-color =
% [HTML]\{F0F3F3\}\}}.}
%
% \vspace{1cm}
%
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tabularx}{0.9\textwidth}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l>{\raggedright\arraybackslash}X@{}}
%   \toprule
%   \normalfont Style  & Use \\
%   \midrule
%   Number & the numbers \\
%   String.Short & the short strings (entre \texttt{'} ou \texttt{"}) \\
%   String.Long & the long strings (entre \texttt{'''} ou \texttt{"""}) excepted
%                 the doc-strings (governed by |String.Doc|)\\
%   String & that key fixes both |String.Short| et |String.Long| \\
%   String.Doc & the doc-strings (only with |"""| following PEP~257) \\
%   String.Interpol & the syntactic elements of the fields of the f-strings
%   (that is to say the characters \texttt{\{} et \texttt{\}}); that style
%   inherits for the styles |String.Short| and |String.Long| (according the kind
%   of string where the interpolation appears) \\
%   Interpol.Inside & the content of the interpolations in the f-strings (that
%   is to say the elements between \texttt{\{} and~\texttt{\}}); if the final
%   user has not set that key, those elements will be formatted by \pkg{piton}
%   as done for any Python code. \\
%   Operator & the following operators: \texttt{!= == << >> - \~{} + / * \% = < > \& .} \verb+|+ \verb|@| \\
%   Operator.Word & the following operators: |in|, |is|, |and|, |or| et |not| \\
%   Name.Builtin & almost all the functions predefined by Python \\
%   Name.Decorator & the decorators (instructions beginning by \verb|@|) \\
%   Name.Namespace & the name of the modules \\
%   Name.Class & the name of the Python classes defined by the user \emph{at their point of definition} (with the keyword |class|) \\ 
%   Name.Function & the name of the Python functions defined by the user \emph{at their
%   point of definition} (with the keyword |def|) \\ 
%   UserFunction & the name of the Python functions previously defined by the user
%                  (the initial value of that parameter is empty and, hence, these
%                  elements are drawn, by default, in the current color, usually black) \\
%   Exception & les exceptions prédéfinies (ex.: \texttt{SyntaxError}) \\
%   InitialValues & the initial values (and the preceding symbol |=|) of the
%   optional arguments in the definitions of functions; if the final
%   user has not set that key, those elements will be formatted by \pkg{piton}
%   as done for any Python code. \\
%   Comment & the comments beginning with \texttt{\#} \\
%   Comment.LaTeX & the comments beginning with \texttt{\#>}, which are composed by
%   \pkg{piton} as LaTeX code (merely named ``LaTeX comments'' in this document) \\
%   Keyword.Constant & |True|, |False| et |None| \\
%   Keyword & the following keywords:
%             \ttfamily assert, break, case, continue, del,
%             elif, else, except, exec, finally, for, from, 
%             global, if, import, lambda, non local,
%             pass, raise, return, try, while,
%             with, yield et yield from.\\
%   \bottomrule
% \end{tabularx}
% \end{center}
%
%
% \newpage
%
% \subsection{The language OCaml}
%
% It's possible to switch to the language |OCaml| with |\PitonOptions{language = OCaml}|.
%
% \bigskip
% It's also possible to set the language OCaml for an individual environment |{Piton}|. 
% %
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \begin{Piton}~emphase#[language=OCaml]@
% ...
% \end{Piton}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% \bigskip
% The option exists also for |\PitonInputFile| : |\PitonInputFile[language=OCaml]{...}|
%
% \vspace{1cm}
%
%
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tabularx}{0.9\textwidth}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l>{\raggedright\arraybackslash}X@{}}
%   \toprule
%   \normalfont Style  & Use \\
%   \midrule
%   Number & the numbers \\
%   String.Short & the characters (between \texttt{'}) \\
%   String.Long & the strings, between |"| but also the \emph{quoted-strings} \\
%   String & that key fixes both |String.Short| and |String.Long| \\
%   Operator & les opérateurs, en particulier |+|, |-|, |/|, |*|, |@|, |!=|, |==|, |&&| \\
%   Operator.Word & les opérateurs suivants : |and|, |asr|, |land|, |lor|, |lsl|, |lxor|, |mod| et |or| \\
%   Name.Builtin & les fonctions |not|, |incr|, |decr|, |fst| et |snd| \\
%   Name.Type & the name of a type of OCaml \\
%   Name.Field & the name of a field of a module \\
%   Name.Constructor & the name of the constructors of types (which begins by a capital) \\
%   Name.Module & the name of the modules \\
%   Name.Function & the name of the Python functions defined by the user \emph{at their
%   point of definition} (with the keyword |let|) \\ 
%   UserFunction & the name of the OCaml functions previously defined by the user
%                  (the initial value of that parameter is empty and these
%                  elements are drawn in the current color, usually black) \\
%   Exception & the predefined exceptions (eg : |End_of_File|) \\
%   TypeParameter &  the parameters of the types \\
%   Comment & the comments, between |(*| et |*)|; these comments may be nested \\
%   Keyword.Constant & |true| et |false| \\
%   Keyword & the following keywords:
%             |assert|, |as|, |begin|, |class|, |constraint|, |done|,
%             |downto|, |do|, |else|, |end|, |exception|, |external|,
%             |for|, |function|, |functor|, |fun| , |if| 
%             |include|, |inherit|, |initializer|, |in| , |lazy|, |let|,
%             |match|, |method|, |module|, |mutable|, |new|, |object|,
%             |of|, |open|, |private|, |raise|, |rec|, |sig|,
%             |struct|, |then|, |to|, |try|, |type|, 
%             |value|, |val|, |virtual|, |when|, |while| and |with| \\
%   \bottomrule
% \end{tabularx}
% \end{center}
%
% \newpage
%
% \subsection[The language C (and C++)]{The language C (and \CC)}
%
% 
% It's possible to switch to the language |C| with |\PitonOptions{language = C}|.
%
% \bigskip
% It's also possible to set the language C for an individual environment |{Piton}|. 
% %
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \begin{Piton}~emphase#[language=C]@
% ...
% \end{Piton}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% \bigskip
% The option exists also for |\PitonInputFile| : |\PitonInputFile[language=C]{...}|
%
% \vspace{1cm}
%
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tabularx}{0.9\textwidth}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l>{\raggedright\arraybackslash}X@{}}
% \toprule
% \normalfont Style  & Use \\
% \midrule
% Number & the numbers \\
% String.Long & the strings (between \texttt{"}) \\
% String.Interpol &  the elements \texttt{\%d}, \texttt{\%i}, \texttt{\%f},
% \texttt{\%c}, etc. in the strings; that style inherits from the style |String.Long| \\
% Operator & the following operators : \texttt{!= == << >> - \~{} + / * \% = < > \& .} \verb+|+ \verb|@| \\
% Name.Type & the following predefined types:
%   |bool|, |char|, |char16_t|, |char32_t|, |double|, |float|, |int|, |int8_t|, |int16_t|, |int32_t|, 
%   |int64_t|, |long|, |short|, |signed|, |unsigned|, |void| et |wchar_t| \\ 
% Name.Builtin & the following predefined functions: |printf|, |scanf|, |malloc|, |sizeof| and |alignof|  \\
%   Name.Class & le nom des classes au moment de leur définition, c'est-à-dire
%   après le mot-clé \verb|class| \\
%   Name.Function & the name of the Python functions defined by the user \emph{at their
%   point of definition} (with the keyword |let|) \\ 
%   UserFunction & the name of the Python functions previously defined by the user
%                  (the initial value of that parameter is empty and these
%                  elements are drawn in the current color, usually black) \\
% Preproc & the instructions of the preprocessor (beginning par |#|) \\
% Comment & the comments (beginning by \texttt{//} or between |/*| and |*/|) \\
% Comment.LaTeX & the comments beginning by  \texttt{//>} which are composed by
% \pkg{piton} as LaTeX code (merely named ``LaTeX comments'' in this document) \\
% Keyword.Constant & |default|, |false|, |NULL|, |nullptr| and |true| \\
% Keyword & the following keywords:
% |alignas|, |asm|, |auto|, |break|, |case|, |catch|, |class|, 
% |constexpr|, |const|, |continue|, |decltype|, |do|, |else|, |enum|,
% |extern|, |for|, |goto|, |if|, |nexcept|, |private|, |public|, |register|, |restricted|, |try|, 
% |return|, |static|, |static_assert|, |struct|, |switch|, |thread_local|, |throw|, 
% |typedef|, |union|, |using|, |virtual|, |volatile| and |while|
% \\
% \bottomrule
% \end{tabularx}
% \end{center}
%
% \newpage
%
% \subsection{The language SQL}
%
% 
% It's possible to switch to the language |SQL| with |\PitonOptions{language = SQL}|.
%
% \bigskip
% It's also possible to set the language SQL for an individual environment |{Piton}|. 
% %
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \begin{Piton}~emphase#[language=SQL]@
% ...
% \end{Piton}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% \bigskip
% The option exists also for |\PitonInputFile| : |\PitonInputFile[language=SQL]{...}|
%
%
% \vspace{1cm}
%
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tabularx}{0.9\textwidth}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l>{\raggedright\arraybackslash}X@{}}
% \toprule
% \normalfont Style  & Use \\
% \midrule
% Number & the numbers \\
% String.Long & the strings (between \texttt{'} and not \texttt{"} because the
% elements between \texttt{"} are names of fields and formatted with |Name.Field|) \\
% Operator & the following operators : \texttt{= != <> >= > < <= * + / } \\
% Name.Table & the names of the tables \\
% Name.Field & the names of the fields of the tables \\
% Name.Builtin & the following built-in functions (their names are \emph{not} case-sensitive): 
%    |avg|, |count|, |char_lenght|, |concat|, |curdate|, |current_date|,
%    |date_format|, |day|, |lower|, |ltrim|, |max|, |min|, |month|, |now|,
%    |rank|, |round|, |rtrim|, |substring|, |sum|, |upper| and |year|. \\
% Comment & the comments (beginning by \texttt{--} or between |/*| and |*/|) \\
% Comment.LaTeX & the comments beginning by  \texttt{-->} which are composed by
% \pkg{piton} as LaTeX code (merely named ``LaTeX comments'' in this document) \\
% Keyword & the following keywords (their names are \emph{not} case-sensitive):
% |add|, |after|, |all|, |alter|, |and|, |as|, |asc|, |between|, |by|,
% |change|, |column|, |create|, |cross join|, |delete|, |desc|, |distinct|, 
% |drop|, |from|, |group|, |having|, |in|, |inner|, |insert|, |into|, |is|, 
% |join|, |left|, |like|, |limit|, |merge|, |not|, |null|, |on|, |or|, 
% |order|, |over|, |right|, |select|, |set|, |table|, |then|, |truncate|, 
% |union|, |update|, |values|, |when|, |where| and |with|. \\
% \bottomrule
% \end{tabularx}
% \end{center}
%
%
% \bigskip
% It's possible to automatically capitalize the keywords by modifiying locally
% for the language SQL the style |Keywords|.
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \SetPitonStyle~emphase#[SQL]@{Keywords = \bfseries \MakeUppercase}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% \newpage
%
% \subsection{The language ``minimal''}
%
% It's possible to switch to the language ``|minimal|'' with |\PitonOptions{language = minimal}|.
%
% \bigskip
% It's also possible to set the language ``|minimal|'' for an individual environment |{Piton}|. 
% %
% \begin{Verbatim}
% \begin{Piton}~emphase#[language=minimal]@
% ...
% \end{Piton}
% \end{Verbatim}
%
% \bigskip
% The option exists also for |\PitonInputFile| : |\PitonInputFile[language=minimal]{...}|
%
%
% \label{minimal}
%
% \vspace{1cm}
%
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tabularx}{0.9\textwidth}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l>{\raggedright\arraybackslash}X@{}}
% \toprule
% \normalfont Style  & Usage \\
% \midrule
% Number & the numbers \\
% String & the strings (between \texttt{"}) \\
% Comment & the comments (which begin with |#|) \\
% Comment.LaTeX &  the comments beginning with \texttt{\#>}, which are composed by
%   \pkg{piton} as LaTeX code (merely named ``LaTeX comments'' in this document) \\
% \bottomrule
% \end{tabularx}
% \end{center}
%
% \bigskip
% That language is provided for the final user who might wish to add keywords in
% that language (with the command |\SetPitonIdentifier|: cf. \ref{SetPitonIdentifier},
% p.~\pageref{SetPitonIdentifier}) in order to create, for example, a language
% for pseudo-code.
%
% \newpage
%
% \section{Implementation}
%
% \medskip
% The development of the extension \pkg{piton} is done on the following GitHub
% depot:
%
% \verb|https://github.com/fpantigny/piton|
%
% \subsection{Introduction}
% 
% The main job of the package \pkg{piton} is to take in as input a Python
% listing and to send back to LaTeX as output that code \emph{with interlaced LaTeX
% instructions of formatting}.
%
% In fact, all that job is done by a \textsc{lpeg} called |python|. That
% \textsc{lpeg}, when matched against the string of a Python listing,
% returns as capture a Lua table containing data to send to LaTeX. 
% The only thing to do after will be to apply |tex.tprint| to each element of
% that table.\footnote{Recall that |tex.tprint| takes in as argument a Lua table whose
% first component is a ``catcode table'' and the second element a string. The
% string will be sent to LaTeX with the regime of catcodes specified by the
% catcode table. If no catcode table is provided, the standard catcodes of LaTeX
% will be used.}
% 
% \bigskip
% Consider, for example, the following Python code:
%
% \begin{Piton}
% def parity(x):
%     return x%2
% \end{Piton}
%
% The capture returned by the \pkg{lpeg} |python| against that code is the
% Lua table containing the following elements :
%
% \bigskip
% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
% \color{gray}
% 
% |{ "\\__piton_begin_line:" }|\footnote{Each line of the Python listings will
% be encapsulated in a pair: \texttt{\textbackslash_@@_begin_line:} --
% \texttt{\textbackslash@@_end_line:}. The token
% \texttt{\textbackslash@@_end_line:} must be explicit because it will be used as
% marker in order to delimit the argument of the command \texttt{\textbackslash
% @@\_begin\_line:}. Both tokens \texttt{\textbackslash_@@_begin_line:} and
% \texttt{\textbackslash@@_end_line:} will be nullified in the command
% \texttt{\textbackslash piton} (since there can't be lines breaks in the
% argument of a command \texttt{\textbackslash piton}).}  
% 
% \texttt{\{ "\{\textbackslash PitonStyle\{Keyword\}\{" \}}\footnote{The
% lexical elements of Python for which we have a \pkg{piton} style will be
% formatted via the use of the command \texttt{\textbackslash PitonStyle}.
% Such an element is typeset in LaTeX via the syntax \texttt{\{\textbackslash
% PitonStyle\{\textsl{style}\}\{...\}\}} because the instructions inside an \texttt{\textbackslash
% PitonStyle} may be both semi-global declarations like
% \texttt{\textbackslash bfseries} and commands with one argument like
% \texttt{\textbackslash fbox}.}
%
% \texttt{\{
% luatexbase.catcodetables.CatcodeTableOther\footnote{\texttt{luatexbase.catcodetables.CatcodeTableOther} is a mere number which corresponds to the ``catcode table'' whose all characters have the catcode ``other'' (which means that they will be typeset by LaTeX verbatim).}, "def" \} }
%
% |{ "}}" }|
%
% |{ luatexbase.catcodetables.CatcodeTableOther, " " }|
%
% |{ "{\PitonStyle{Name.Function}{" }|
%
% |{ luatexbase.catcodetables.CatcodeTableOther, "parity" }|
%
% |{ "}}" }|
% 
% |{ luatexbase.catcodetables.CatcodeTableOther, "(" }|
%
% |{ luatexbase.catcodetables.CatcodeTableOther, "x" }|
%
% |{ luatexbase.catcodetables.CatcodeTableOther, ")" }|
%
% |{ luatexbase.catcodetables.CatcodeTableOther, ":" }|
% 
% |{ "\\__piton_end_line: \\__piton_newline: \\__piton_begin_line:" }|
%
% |{ luatexbase.catcodetables.CatcodeTableOther, "    " }|
%
% |{ "{\PitonStyle{Keyword}{" }|
%
% |{ luatexbase.catcodetables.CatcodeTableOther, "return" }|
%
% |{ "}}" }|
%
% |{ luatexbase.catcodetables.CatcodeTableOther, " " }|
%
% |{ luatexbase.catcodetables.CatcodeTableOther, "x" }|
%
% |{ "{\PitonStyle{Operator}{" }|
%
% |{ luatexbase.catcodetables.CatcodeTableOther, "&" }|
%
% |{ "}}" }|
%
% |{ "{\PitonStyle{Number}{" }|
%
% |{ luatexbase.catcodetables.CatcodeTableOther, "2" }|
%
% |{ "}}" }|
% 
% |{ "\\__piton_end_line:" }|
% 
% \end{minipage}
%
% \bigskip
% We give now the LaTeX code which is sent back by Lua to TeX (we have written
% on several lines for legibility but no character |\r| will be sent to LaTeX). The
% characters which are greyed-out are sent to LaTeX with the catcode ``other''
% (=12). All the others characters are sent with the regime of catcodes of L3
% (as set by |\ExplSyntaxOn|)
%
% 
% \begingroup
% \def\gbox#1{\colorbox{gray!20}{\strut #1}}
% \setlength{\fboxsep}{1pt}
% 
% \begin{Verbatim*}[formatcom = \color{black}]
% \__piton_begin_line:{\PitonStyle{Keyword}{~gbox#def@}}
% ~gbox# @{\PitonStyle{Name.Function}{~gbox#parity@}}~gbox#(x):@\__piton_end_line:\__piton_newline:
% \__piton_begin_line:~gbox#    @{\PitonStyle{Keyword}{~gbox#return@}}
% ~gbox# x@{\PitonStyle{Operator}{~gbox#%@}}{\PitonStyle{Number}{~gbox#2@}}\__piton_end_line:
% \end{Verbatim*}
% \endgroup
%
%
% 
%
% \subsection{The L3 part of the implementation}
%
% \subsubsection{Declaration of the package}
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*STY>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\RequirePackage{l3keys2e}
\ProvidesExplPackage
  {piton}
  {\PitonFileDate}
  {\PitonFileVersion}
  {Highlight informatic listings with LPEG on LuaLaTeX}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_error:n { \msg_error:nn { piton } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_warning:n { \msg_warning:nn { piton } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_error:nn { \msg_error:nnn { piton } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_error:nnn { \msg_error:nnnn { piton } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_fatal:n { \msg_fatal:nn { piton } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_fatal:nn { \msg_fatal:nnn { piton } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_msg_new:nn { \msg_new:nnn { piton } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_msg_new:nnn { \msg_new:nnnn { piton } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_gredirect_none:n #1 
  {
    \group_begin:
    \globaldefs = 1
    \msg_redirect_name:nnn { piton } { #1 } { none }
    \group_end:
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nn { LuaLaTeX~mandatory }
  { 
    LuaLaTeX~is~mandatory.\\
    The~package~'piton'~requires~the~engine~LuaLaTeX.\\
    \str_if_eq:onT \c_sys_jobname_str { output }
      { If~you~use~Overleaf,~you~can~switch~to~LuaLaTeX~in~the~"Menu". \\}
    If~you~go~on,~the~package~'piton'~won't~be~loaded.
  }
\sys_if_engine_luatex:F { \msg_critical:nn { piton } { LuaLaTeX~mandatory } }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage { luatexbase } 
\RequirePackage { luacode }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nnn { piton.lua~not~found }
  { 
    The~file~'piton.lua'~can't~be~found.\\ 
    The~package~'piton'~won't~be~loaded.\\
    If~you~want~to~know~how~to~retrieve~the~file~'piton.lua',~type~H~<return>.
  }
  {
    On~the~site~CTAN,~go~to~the~page~of~'piton':~https://ctan.org/pkg/piton.~
    The~file~'README.md'~explains~how~to~retrieve~the~files~'piton.sty'~and~
    'piton.lua'.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\file_if_exist:nF { piton.lua }
  { \msg_critical:nn { piton } { piton.lua~not~found } }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \bigskip
% The boolean |\g_@@_footnotehyper_bool| will indicate if the option
% |footnotehyper| is used.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bool_new:N \g_@@_footnotehyper_bool
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The boolean |\g_@@_footnote_bool| will indicate if the option |footnote| is
% used, but quicky, it will also be set to |true| if the option |footnotehyper|
% is used.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bool_new:N \g_@@_footnote_bool
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The following boolean corresponds to the key |math-comments| (available only at load-time).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bool_new:N \g_@@_math_comments_bool
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bool_new:N \g_@@_beamer_bool
\tl_new:N \g_@@_escape_inside_tl 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% We define a set of keys for the options at load-time.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\keys_define:nn { piton / package }
  { 
    footnote .bool_gset:N = \g_@@_footnote_bool ,
    footnotehyper .bool_gset:N = \g_@@_footnotehyper_bool ,

    beamer .bool_gset:N = \g_@@_beamer_bool ,
    beamer .default:n = true , 
  
    math-comments .code:n = \@@_error:n { moved~to~preamble } , 
    comment-latex .code:n = \@@_error:n { moved~to~preamble } , 

    unknown .code:n = \@@_error:n { Unknown~key~for~package }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nn { moved~to~preamble }
  {
    The~key~'\l_keys_key_str'~*must*~now~be~used~with~
    \token_to_str:N \PitonOptions`in~the~preamble~of~your~
    document.\\
    That~key~will~be~ignored.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nn { Unknown~key~for~package }
  {
    Unknown~key.\\
    You~have~used~the~key~'\l_keys_key_str'~but~the~only~keys~available~here~
    are~'beamer',~'footnote',~'footnotehyper'.~Other~keys~are~available~in~
    \token_to_str:N \PitonOptions.\\ 
    That~key~will~be~ignored.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \bigskip
% We process the options provided by the user at load-time.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ProcessKeysOptions { piton / package }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@ifclassloaded { beamer } { \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_beamer_bool } { }
\@ifpackageloaded { beamerarticle } { \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_beamer_bool } { }
\lua_now:n { piton = piton~or~{ } }
\bool_if:NT \g_@@_beamer_bool { \lua_now:n { piton.beamer = true } } 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\hook_gput_code:nnn { begindocument } { . }
  {
    \@ifpackageloaded { xcolor }
      { }
      { \msg_fatal:nn { piton } { xcolor~not~loaded } }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}     
\@@_msg_new:nn { xcolor~not~loaded }
  {
    xcolor~not~loaded \\
    The~package~'xcolor'~is~required~by~'piton'.\\
    This~error~is~fatal.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nn { footnote~with~footnotehyper~package }
  { 
    Footnote~forbidden.\\
    You~can't~use~the~option~'footnote'~because~the~package~
    footnotehyper~has~already~been~loaded.~
    If~you~want,~you~can~use~the~option~'footnotehyper'~and~the~footnotes~  
    within~the~environments~of~piton~will~be~extracted~with~the~tools~
    of~the~package~footnotehyper.\\
    If~you~go~on,~the~package~footnote~won't~be~loaded.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nn { footnotehyper~with~footnote~package }
  { 
    You~can't~use~the~option~'footnotehyper'~because~the~package~
    footnote~has~already~been~loaded.~
    If~you~want,~you~can~use~the~option~'footnote'~and~the~footnotes~  
    within~the~environments~of~piton~will~be~extracted~with~the~tools~
    of~the~package~footnote.\\ 
    If~you~go~on,~the~package~footnotehyper~won't~be~loaded.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bool_if:NT \g_@@_footnote_bool 
  { 
%    \end{macrocode}
% The class \cls{beamer} has its own system to extract footnotes and that's why
% we have nothing to do if \cls{beamer} is used. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \@ifclassloaded { beamer }
      { \bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_footnote_bool }
      { 
        \@ifpackageloaded { footnotehyper }
          { \@@_error:n { footnote~with~footnotehyper~package } }
          { \usepackage { footnote } }
      }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bool_if:NT \g_@@_footnotehyper_bool 
  { 
%    \end{macrocode}
% The class \cls{beamer} has its own system to extract footnotes and that's why
% we have nothing to do if \cls{beamer} is used. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \@ifclassloaded { beamer }
      { \bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_footnote_bool }
      { 
        \@ifpackageloaded { footnote }
          { \@@_error:n { footnotehyper~with~footnote~package } }
          { \usepackage { footnotehyper } }
        \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_footnote_bool 
      }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% The flag |\g_@@_footnote_bool| is raised and so, we will only have to test
% |\g_@@_footnote_bool| in order to know if we have to insert an environment
% |{savenotes}|.
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\lua_now:n 
  { 
    piton.ListCommands = lpeg.P ( false ) 
    piton.last_code = ''
    piton.last_language = ''
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{Parameters and technical definitions}
%
% The following string will contain the name of the informatic language
% considered (the initial value is |python|).
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\str_new:N \l_piton_language_str
\str_set:Nn \l_piton_language_str { python }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \medskip
% Each time the command |\PitonInputFile| or an environment of \pkg{piton} is
% used, the code of that environment will be stored in the following global string.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \g_piton_last_code_tl
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The following parameter corresponds to the key |path| (which is the path used
% to include files by |\PitonInputFile|).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\str_new:N \l_@@_path_str
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The following parameter corresponds to the key |path-write| (which is the path
% used when writing files from listings inserted in the environments of
% \pkg{piton} by use of the key |write|).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\str_new:N \l_@@_path_write_str
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \medskip
% In order to have a better control over the keys.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bool_new:N \l_@@_in_PitonOptions_bool 
\bool_new:N \l_@@_in_PitonInputFile_bool 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
% \medskip
% We will compute (with Lua) the numbers of lines of the Python code and store
% it in the following counter.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\int_new:N \l_@@_nb_lines_int
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% The same for the number of non-empty lines of the Python codes.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\int_new:N \l_@@_nb_non_empty_lines_int
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% The following counter will be used to count the lines during the composition.
% It will count all the lines, empty or not empty. It won't be used to print the
% numbers of the lines.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\int_new:N \g_@@_line_int
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \medskip
% The following token list will contain the (potential) informations to write
% on the |aux| (to be used in the next compilation).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \g_@@_aux_tl
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \medskip
% The following counter corresponds to the key |splittable| of |\PitonOptions|.
% If the value of |\l_@@_splittable_int| is equal to $n$, then no line break can
% occur within the first $n$~lines or the last $n$~lines of the listings.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\int_new:N \l_@@_splittable_int
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% An initial value of |splittable| equal to 100 is equivalent to say that the
% environments |{Piton}| are unbreakable.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\int_set:Nn \l_@@_splittable_int { 100 }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The following string corresponds to the key |background-color| of |\PitonOptions|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\clist_new:N \l_@@_bg_color_clist
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The package \pkg{piton} will also detect the lines of code which correspond to
% the user input in a Python console, that is to say the lines of code beginning
% with |>>>| and |...|. It's possible, with the key |prompt-background-color|,
% to require a background for these lines of code (and the other lines of code
% will have the standard background color specified by |background-color|).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \l_@@_prompt_bg_color_tl
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The following parameters correspond to the keys |begin-range| and |end-range| of
% the command |\PitonInputFile|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\str_new:N \l_@@_begin_range_str
\str_new:N \l_@@_end_range_str
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The argument of |\PitonInputFile|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\str_new:N \l_@@_file_name_str 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% We will count the environments |{Piton}| (and, in fact, also the commands
% |\PitonInputFile|, despite the name |\g_@@_env_int|).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\int_new:N \g_@@_env_int 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The parameter |\l_@@_writer_str| corresponds to the key |write|. We will store
% the list of the files already used in |\g_@@_write_seq| (we must not erase a
% file which has been still been used).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\str_new:N \l_@@_write_str
\seq_new:N \g_@@_write_seq
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The following boolean corresponds to the key |show-spaces|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bool_new:N \l_@@_show_spaces_bool
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The following booleans correspond to the keys |break-lines| and
% |indent-broken-lines|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bool_new:N \l_@@_break_lines_in_Piton_bool
\bool_new:N \l_@@_indent_broken_lines_bool
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The following token list corresponds to the key |continuation-symbol|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \l_@@_continuation_symbol_tl
\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_continuation_symbol_tl { + }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The following token list corresponds to the key
% |continuation-symbol-on-indentation|. The name has been shorten to |csoi|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \l_@@_csoi_tl 
\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_csoi_tl { $ \hookrightarrow \; $  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The following token list corresponds to the key |end-of-broken-line|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \l_@@_end_of_broken_line_tl 
\tl_set:Nn \l_@@_end_of_broken_line_tl { \hspace*{0.5em} \textbackslash }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The following boolean corresponds to the key |break-lines-in-piton|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bool_new:N \l_@@_break_lines_in_piton_bool
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% The following dimension will be the width of the listing constructed by
% |{Piton}| or |\PitonInputFile|.
% \begin{itemize}
% \item If the user uses the key |width| of |\PitonOptions| with a numerical
% value, that value will be stored in |\l_@@_width_dim|.
% \item If the user uses the key |width| with the special value~|min|, the
% dimension |\l_@@_width_dim| will, \emph{in the second run}, be computed from
% the value of |\l_@@_line_width_dim| stored in the |aux| file
% (computed during the first run the maximal width of the lines of the listing).
% During the first run, |\l_@@_width_line_dim| will be set equal to |\linewidth|.
% \item Elsewhere, |\l_@@_width_dim| will be set at the beginning of the listing
% (in |\@@_pre_env:|) equal to the current value of |\linewidth|.
% \end{itemize}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode} 
\dim_new:N \l_@@_width_dim 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \medskip
% We will also use another dimension called |\l_@@_line_width_dim|. That
% will the width of the actual lines of code. That dimension may be lower than
% the whole |\l_@@_width_dim| because we have to take into account the value of
% |\l_@@_left_margin_dim| (for the numbers of lines when |line-numbers| is in
% force) and another small margin when a background color is used (with the key
% |background-color|). 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\dim_new:N \l_@@_line_width_dim
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \medskip
% The following flag will be raised with the key |width| is used with the
% special value |min|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bool_new:N \l_@@_width_min_bool
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% If the key |width| is used with the special value~|min|, we will compute the
% maximal width of the lines of an environment |{Piton}| in |\g_@@_tmp_width_dim|
% because we need it for the case of the key |width| is used with the spacial
% value |min|. We need a global variable because, when the key |footnote| is in
% force, each line when be composed in an environment |{savenotes}| and we need
% to exit our |\g_@@_tmp_width_dim| from that environment.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\dim_new:N \g_@@_tmp_width_dim 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The following dimension corresponds to the key |left-margin| of |\PitonOptions|. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\dim_new:N \l_@@_left_margin_dim
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The following boolean will be set when the key |left-margin=auto|
% is used.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bool_new:N \l_@@_left_margin_auto_bool
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The following dimension corresponds to the key |numbers-sep| of
% |\PitonOptions|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\dim_new:N \l_@@_numbers_sep_dim 
\dim_set:Nn \l_@@_numbers_sep_dim { 0.7 em }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \medskip
% The tabulators will be replaced by the content of the following token list.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \l_@@_tab_tl
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% Be careful. The following sequence |\g_@@_languages_seq| is not the list of
% the languages supported by \pkg{piton}. It's the list of the languages for
% which at least a user function has been defined. We need that sequence only
% for the command |\PitonClearUserFunctions| when it is used without its
% optional argument: it must clear all the list of languages for which at least
% a user function has been defined.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\seq_new:N \g_@@_languages_seq 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
% \medskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_set_tab_tl:n #1
  { 
    \tl_clear:N \l_@@_tab_tl
    \prg_replicate:nn { #1 } 
      { \tl_put_right:Nn \l_@@_tab_tl { ~ } }
  }
\@@_set_tab_tl:n { 4 }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% When the key |show-spaces| is in force, |\l_@@_tab_tl| will be replaced by an
% arrow by using the following command.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_convert_tab_tl:
  {
    \hbox_set:Nn \l_tmpa_box { \l_@@_tab_tl }
    \dim_set:Nn \l_tmpa_dim { \box_wd:N \l_tmpa_box }
    \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_tab_tl 
      { 
        \( \mathcolor { gray } 
             { \hbox_to_wd:nn \l_tmpa_dim { \rightarrowfill } \) } 
      }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \medskip
% The following integer corresponds to the key |gobble|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\int_new:N \l_@@_gobble_int 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The following token list will be used only for the spaces in the strings.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\tl_new:N \l_@@_space_tl
\tl_set_eq:NN \l_@@_space_tl \nobreakspace 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
% \medskip
% At each line, the following counter will count the spaces at the beginning.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\int_new:N \g_@@_indentation_int
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \medskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_an_indentation_space:
  { \int_gincr:N \g_@@_indentation_int }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The following command |\@@_beamer_command:n| executes the argument
% corresponding to its argument but also stores it in |\l_@@_beamer_command_str|.
% That string is used only in the error message ``|cr~not~allowed|'' raised when
% there is a carriage return in the mandatory argument of that command.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_beamer_command:n #1 
  { 
    \str_set:Nn \l_@@_beamer_command_str { #1 } 
    \use:c { #1 } 
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% In the environment |{Piton}|, the command |\label| will be linked to the
% following command.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_label:n #1
  {
    \bool_if:NTF \l_@@_line_numbers_bool
      {
        \@bsphack 
        \protected@write \@auxout { }
          { 
            \string \newlabel { #1 } 
            { 
%    \end{macrocode}
% Remember that the content of a line is typeset in a box \emph{before} the
% composition of the potential number of line.
%    \begin{macrocode}
              { \int_eval:n { \g_@@_visual_line_int + 1 } } 
              { \thepage } 
            } 
          } 
        \@esphack
     }
     { \@@_error:n { label~with~lines~numbers } }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% The following commands corresponds to the keys |marker/beginning| and
% |marker/end|. The values of that keys are functions that will be applied to
% the ``\emph{range}'' specified by the final user in an individual
% |\PitonInputFile|. They will construct the markers used to find textually in
% the external file loaded by \pkg{piton} the part which must be included (and
% formatted). 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_marker_beginning:n #1 { }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_marker_end:n #1 { }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% 
% \bigskip
% The following commands are a easy way to insert safely braces (|{| and |}|) in
% the TeX flow.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_open_brace: { \lua_now:n { piton.open_brace() } }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_close_brace: { \lua_now:n { piton.close_brace() } }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% The following token list will be evaluated at the beginning of
% |\@@_begin_line:|... |\@@_end_line:| and cleared at the end. It will be used
% by LPEG acting between the lines of the Python code in order to add
% instructions to be executed at the beginning of the line.
%    \begin{macrocode} 
\tl_new:N \g_@@_begin_line_hook_tl
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \smallskip
% For example, the LPEG |Prompt| will trigger the following command which will
% insert an instruction in the hook |\g_@@_begin_line_hook| to specify that a
% background must be inserted to the current line of code.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_prompt: 
  { 
    \tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_begin_line_hook_tl
      { 
        \tl_if_empty:NF \l_@@_prompt_bg_color_tl 
          { \clist_set:NV \l_@@_bg_color_clist \l_@@_prompt_bg_color_tl }
      } 
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{Treatment of a line of code}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_replace_spaces:n #1 
  {
    \tl_set:Nn \l_tmpa_tl { #1 } 
    \bool_if:NTF \l_@@_show_spaces_bool
      { 
        \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_space_tl { ␣ }
        \regex_replace_all:nnN { \x20 } { ␣ } \l_tmpa_tl % U+2423
      } 
      {
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the key |break-lines-in-Piton| is in force, we replace all the characters
% U+0020 (that is to say the spaces) by |\@@_breakable_space:|. Remark that,
% except the spaces inserted in the LaTeX comments (and maybe in the math
% comments), all these spaces are of catcode ``other'' (=12) and are
% unbreakable.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \bool_if:NT \l_@@_break_lines_in_Piton_bool
          { 
            \regex_replace_all:nnN 
              { \x20 } 
              { \c { @@_breakable_space: } }
              \l_tmpa_tl 
          } 
      }
    \l_tmpa_tl 
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% In the contents provided by Lua, each line of the Python code will be
% surrounded by |\@@_begin_line:| and |\@@_end_line:|. |\@@_begin_line:| is a
% LaTeX command that we will define now but |\@@_end_line:| is only a syntactic
% marker that has no definition.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_begin_line: #1 \@@_end_line:
  { 
    \group_begin:
    \g_@@_begin_line_hook_tl
    \int_gzero:N \g_@@_indentation_int
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% First, we will put in the coffin |\l_tmpa_coffin| the actual content of a line
% of the code (without the potential number of line).
%
% Be careful: There is curryfication in the following code.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \bool_if:NTF \l_@@_width_min_bool
      \@@_put_in_coffin_ii:n 
      \@@_put_in_coffin_i:n 
      { 
        \language = -1
        \raggedright 
        \strut 
        \@@_replace_spaces:n { #1 }
        \strut \hfil 
      } 
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now, we add the potential number of line, the potential left margin and the
% potential background.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \hbox_set:Nn \l_tmpa_box 
      { 
        \skip_horizontal:N \l_@@_left_margin_dim
        \bool_if:NT \l_@@_line_numbers_bool
          {
            \bool_if:nF
              { 
                \str_if_eq_p:nn { #1 } { \PitonStyle {Prompt}{} } 
                && 
                \l_@@_skip_empty_lines_bool 
              }
              { \int_gincr:N \g_@@_visual_line_int }

            \bool_if:nT
              { 
                ! \str_if_eq_p:nn { #1 } { \PitonStyle {Prompt}{} } 
                ||
                ( ! \l_@@_skip_empty_lines_bool && \l_@@_label_empty_lines_bool ) 
              }
              \@@_print_number: 

          }
%    \end{macrocode}
% If there is a background, we must remind that there is a left margin of 0.5~em
% for the background...
%    \begin{macrocode}
        \clist_if_empty:NF \l_@@_bg_color_clist 
          { 
%    \end{macrocode}
% ... but if only if the key |left-margin| is not used !
%    \begin{macrocode}
            \dim_compare:nNnT \l_@@_left_margin_dim = \c_zero_dim 
               { \skip_horizontal:n { 0.5 em } }
          }
        \coffin_typeset:Nnnnn \l_tmpa_coffin T l \c_zero_dim \c_zero_dim 
      }  
    \box_set_dp:Nn \l_tmpa_box { \box_dp:N \l_tmpa_box + 1.25 pt } 
    \box_set_ht:Nn \l_tmpa_box { \box_ht:N \l_tmpa_box + 1.25 pt } 
    \clist_if_empty:NTF \l_@@_bg_color_clist
      { \box_use_drop:N \l_tmpa_box }
      {
        \vtop 
          { 
            \hbox:n
              { 
                \@@_color:N \l_@@_bg_color_clist
                \vrule height \box_ht:N \l_tmpa_box 
                       depth \box_dp:N \l_tmpa_box 
                       width \l_@@_width_dim
              } 
            \skip_vertical:n { - \box_ht_plus_dp:N \l_tmpa_box }
            \box_use_drop:N \l_tmpa_box
          }
      }   
    \vspace { - 2.5 pt }
    \group_end:
    \tl_gclear:N \g_@@_begin_line_hook_tl
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% In the general case (which is also the simpler), the key |width| is not used,
% or (if used) it is not used with the special value~|min|.
% In that case, the content of a line of code is composed in a vertical coffin
% with a width equal to |\l_@@_line_width_dim|. That coffin may,
% eventually, contains several lines when the key |broken-lines-in-Piton| (or
% |broken-lines|) is used.
% 
% That commands takes in its argument by curryfication.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_put_in_coffin_i:n 
  { \vcoffin_set:Nnn \l_tmpa_coffin \l_@@_line_width_dim }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% The second case is the case when the key |width| is used with the special
% value~|min|. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_put_in_coffin_ii:n #1
  {
%    \end{macrocode}
% First, we compute the natural width of the line of code because we have to
% compute the natural width of the whole listing (and it will be written on the
% |aux| file in the variable |\l_@@_width_dim|).
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \hbox_set:Nn \l_tmpa_box { #1 }
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now, you can actualize the value of |\g_@@_tmp_width_dim| (it will be used to 
% write on the |aux| file the natural width of the environment).
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \dim_compare:nNnT { \box_wd:N \l_tmpa_box } > \g_@@_tmp_width_dim
      { \dim_gset:Nn \g_@@_tmp_width_dim { \box_wd:N \l_tmpa_box } }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \hcoffin_set:Nn \l_tmpa_coffin 
      { 
        \hbox_to_wd:nn \l_@@_line_width_dim 
%    \end{macrocode}
% We unpack the block in order to free the potential |\hfill| springs present in
% the LaTeX comments (cf. section~\ref{example-comments}, p.~\pageref{example-comments}).
%    \begin{macrocode}
          { \hbox_unpack:N \l_tmpa_box \hfil } 
      } 
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
% \bigskip
% The command |\@@_color:N| will take in as argument a reference to a
% comma-separated list of colors. A color will be picked by using the value of
% |\g_@@_line_int| (modulo the number of colors in the list).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_color:N #1 
  {
    \int_set:Nn \l_tmpa_int { \clist_count:N #1 }
    \int_set:Nn \l_tmpb_int { \int_mod:nn \g_@@_line_int \l_tmpa_int + 1 }
    \tl_set:Nx \l_tmpa_tl { \clist_item:Nn #1 \l_tmpb_int }
    \tl_if_eq:NnTF \l_tmpa_tl { none }
%    \end{macrocode}
% By setting |\l_@@_width_dim| to zero, the colored rectangle will be
% drawn with zero width and, thus, it will be a mere strut (and we need that strut).
%    \begin{macrocode}
      { \dim_zero:N \l_@@_width_dim }
      { \exp_args:NV \@@_color_i:n \l_tmpa_tl }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The following command |\@@_color:n| will accept both the instruction
% |\@@_color:n { red!15 }| and the instruction |\@@_color:n { [rgb]{0.9,0.9,0} }|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_color_i:n #1
  {
    \tl_if_head_eq_meaning:nNTF { #1 } [ 
      { 
        \tl_set:Nn \l_tmpa_tl { #1 }
        \tl_set_rescan:Nno \l_tmpa_tl { } \l_tmpa_tl 
        \exp_last_unbraced:No \color \l_tmpa_tl
      }
      { \color { #1 } }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_newline: 
  { 
    \int_gincr:N \g_@@_line_int
    \int_compare:nNnT \g_@@_line_int > { \l_@@_splittable_int - 1 }
      {
        \int_compare:nNnT 
          { \l_@@_nb_lines_int - \g_@@_line_int } > \l_@@_splittable_int 
          {
            \egroup
            \bool_if:NT \g_@@_footnote_bool { \endsavenotes } 
            \par \mode_leave_vertical: 
            \bool_if:NT \g_@@_footnote_bool { \savenotes } 
            \vtop \bgroup
          }
     }
  } 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_breakable_space:
  { 
    \discretionary 
      { \hbox:n { \color { gray } \l_@@_end_of_broken_line_tl } } 
      { 
        \hbox_overlap_left:n 
          { 
            { 
              \normalfont \footnotesize \color { gray } 
              \l_@@_continuation_symbol_tl 
            } 
            \skip_horizontal:n { 0.3 em }  
            \clist_if_empty:NF \l_@@_bg_color_clist 
              { \skip_horizontal:n { 0.5 em } }
          }  
        \bool_if:NT \l_@@_indent_broken_lines_bool
          { 
            \hbox:n
              { 
                \prg_replicate:nn { \g_@@_indentation_int } { ~ } 
                { \color { gray } \l_@@_csoi_tl }
              } 
          } 
      } 
      { \hbox { ~ } }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{PitonOptions}
%
% \medskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\bool_new:N \l_@@_line_numbers_bool 
\bool_new:N \l_@@_skip_empty_lines_bool 
\bool_set_true:N \l_@@_skip_empty_lines_bool 
\bool_new:N \l_@@_line_numbers_absolute_bool
\bool_new:N \l_@@_label_empty_lines_bool
\bool_set_true:N \l_@@_label_empty_lines_bool 
\int_new:N \l_@@_number_lines_start_int
\bool_new:N \l_@@_resume_bool 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
%  \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\keys_define:nn { PitonOptions / marker }
  {
    beginning .code:n = \cs_set:Nn \@@_marker_beginning:n { #1 } ,   
    beginning .value_required:n = true , 
    end .code:n = \cs_set:Nn \@@_marker_end:n { #1 } ,   
    end .value_required:n = true ,
    include-lines .bool_set:N = \l_@@_marker_include_lines_bool ,
    include-lines .default:n = true ,
    unknown .code:n = \@@_error:n { Unknown~key~for~marker } 
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\keys_define:nn { PitonOptions / line-numbers }
  {
    true .code:n = \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_line_numbers_bool , 
    false .code:n = \bool_set_false:N \l_@@_line_numbers_bool , 

    start .code:n = 
      \bool_if:NTF \l_@@_in_PitonOptions_bool
        { Invalid~key }
        {
          \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_line_numbers_bool 
          \int_set:Nn \l_@@_number_lines_start_int { #1 }  
        } ,
    start .value_required:n = true ,

    skip-empty-lines .code:n = 
      \bool_if:NF \l_@@_in_PitonOptions_bool
        { \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_line_numbers_bool }
      \str_if_eq:nnTF { #1 } { false }
        { \bool_set_false:N \l_@@_skip_empty_lines_bool } 
        { \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_skip_empty_lines_bool } ,
    skip-empty-lines .default:n = true , 

    label-empty-lines .code:n = 
      \bool_if:NF \l_@@_in_PitonOptions_bool
        { \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_line_numbers_bool }
      \str_if_eq:nnTF { #1 } { false }
        { \bool_set_false:N \l_@@_label_empty_lines_bool } 
        { \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_label_empty_lines_bool } ,
    label-empty-lines .default:n = true ,

    absolute .code:n = 
      \bool_if:NTF \l_@@_in_PitonOptions_bool
        { \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_line_numbers_absolute_bool }
        { \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_line_numbers_bool }
      \bool_if:NT \l_@@_in_PitonInputFile_bool 
        { 
          \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_line_numbers_absolute_bool 
          \bool_set_false:N \l_@@_skip_empty_lines_bool 
        }
      \bool_lazy_or:nnF
        \l_@@_in_PitonInputFile_bool 
        \l_@@_in_PitonOptions_bool 
        { \@@_error:n { Invalid~key } } ,
    absolute .value_forbidden:n = true ,

    resume .code:n = 
      \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_resume_bool 
      \bool_if:NF \l_@@_in_PitonOptions_bool 
        { \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_line_numbers_bool } , 
    resume .value_forbidden:n = true ,

    sep .dim_set:N = \l_@@_numbers_sep_dim ,
    sep .value_required:n = true , 

    unknown .code:n = \@@_error:n { Unknown~key~for~line-numbers } 
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% Be careful! The name of the following set of keys must be considered as
% public! Hence, it should \emph{not} be changed.
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\keys_define:nn { PitonOptions }
  {
    detected-commands .code:n =  
       \lua_now:n { piton.addListCommands('#1') } ,
    detected-commands .value_required:n = true , 
    detected-commands .usage:n = preamble , 
%    \end{macrocode}
% First, we put keys that should be avalaible only in the preamble.
%
% Remark that the command |\lua_escape:n| is fully expandable. That's why we use
% |\lua_now:e|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    begin-escape .code:n = 
      \lua_now:e { piton.begin_escape = "\lua_escape:n{#1}" } ,
    begin-escape .value_required:n = true , 
    begin-escape .usage:n = preamble , 

    end-escape   .code:n = 
      \lua_now:e { piton.end_escape = "\lua_escape:n{#1}" } ,
    end-escape   .value_required:n = true ,
    end-escape .usage:n = preamble ,

    begin-escape-math .code:n = 
      \lua_now:e { piton.begin_escape_math = "\lua_escape:n{#1}" } ,
    begin-escape-math .value_required:n = true , 
    begin-escape-math .usage:n = preamble ,

    end-escape-math .code:n = 
      \lua_now:e { piton.end_escape_math = "\lua_escape:n{#1}" } ,
    end-escape-math .value_required:n = true ,
    end-escape-math .usage:n = preamble ,

    comment-latex .code:n = \lua_now:n { comment_latex = "#1" } ,   
    comment-latex .value_required:n = true ,
    comment-latex .usage:n = preamble ,

    math-comments .bool_gset:N = \g_@@_math_comments_bool ,
    math-comments .default:n  = true ,
    math-comments .usage:n = preamble , 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% Now, general keys.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    language         .code:n = 
      \str_set:Nx \l_piton_language_str { \str_lowercase:n { #1 } } , 
    language         .value_required:n  = true ,
    path             .str_set:N         = \l_@@_path_str ,
    path             .value_required:n  = true , 
    path-write       .str_set:N         = \l_@@_path_write_str ,
    path-write       .value_required:n  = true , 
    gobble           .int_set:N         = \l_@@_gobble_int , 
    gobble           .value_required:n  = true ,
    auto-gobble      .code:n            = \int_set:Nn \l_@@_gobble_int { -1 } , 
    auto-gobble      .value_forbidden:n = true ,
    env-gobble       .code:n            = \int_set:Nn \l_@@_gobble_int { -2 } , 
    env-gobble       .value_forbidden:n = true ,
    tabs-auto-gobble .code:n            = \int_set:Nn \l_@@_gobble_int { -3 } , 
    tabs-auto-gobble .value_forbidden:n = true ,
 
    marker .code:n = 
      \bool_lazy_or:nnTF
        \l_@@_in_PitonInputFile_bool 
        \l_@@_in_PitonOptions_bool 
        { \keys_set:nn { PitonOptions / marker } { #1 } } 
        { \@@_error:n { Invalid~key } } , 
    marker .value_required:n = true , 

    line-numbers .code:n = 
      \keys_set:nn { PitonOptions / line-numbers } { #1 } ,
    line-numbers .default:n = true , 

    splittable       .int_set:N         = \l_@@_splittable_int ,
    splittable       .default:n         = 1 , 
    background-color .clist_set:N       = \l_@@_bg_color_clist ,
    background-color .value_required:n  = true ,
    prompt-background-color .tl_set:N         = \l_@@_prompt_bg_color_tl ,
    prompt-background-color .value_required:n = true ,

    width .code:n = 
      \str_if_eq:nnTF  { #1 } { min } 
        { 
          \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_width_min_bool 
          \dim_zero:N \l_@@_width_dim 
        }
        { 
          \bool_set_false:N \l_@@_width_min_bool
          \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_width_dim { #1 } 
        } , 
    width .value_required:n  = true ,

    write .str_set:N = \l_@@_write_str ,
    write .value_required:n = true ,

    left-margin      .code:n =
      \str_if_eq:nnTF { #1 } { auto }
        { 
          \dim_zero:N \l_@@_left_margin_dim 
          \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_left_margin_auto_bool
        }
        { 
          \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_left_margin_dim { #1 } 
          \bool_set_false:N \l_@@_left_margin_auto_bool
        } ,
    left-margin      .value_required:n  = true ,

    tab-size         .code:n            = \@@_set_tab_tl:n { #1 } ,
    tab-size         .value_required:n  = true , 
    show-spaces      .code:n            = 
         \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_show_spaces_bool 
         \@@_convert_tab_tl: ,
    show-spaces      .value_forbidden:n = true ,
    show-spaces-in-strings .code:n      = \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_space_tl { ␣ } , % U+2423
    show-spaces-in-strings .value_forbidden:n = true ,
    break-lines-in-Piton .bool_set:N    = \l_@@_break_lines_in_Piton_bool ,
    break-lines-in-Piton .default:n     = true ,
    break-lines-in-piton .bool_set:N    = \l_@@_break_lines_in_piton_bool ,
    break-lines-in-piton .default:n     = true ,
    break-lines .meta:n = { break-lines-in-piton , break-lines-in-Piton } , 
    break-lines .value_forbidden:n      = true ,
    indent-broken-lines .bool_set:N     = \l_@@_indent_broken_lines_bool ,
    indent-broken-lines .default:n      = true ,
    end-of-broken-line  .tl_set:N       = \l_@@_end_of_broken_line_tl ,
    end-of-broken-line  .value_required:n = true , 
    continuation-symbol .tl_set:N       = \l_@@_continuation_symbol_tl ,
    continuation-symbol .value_required:n = true , 
    continuation-symbol-on-indentation .tl_set:N = \l_@@_csoi_tl ,
    continuation-symbol-on-indentation .value_required:n = true , 

    first-line .code:n = \@@_in_PitonInputFile:n 
      { \int_set:Nn \l_@@_first_line_int { #1 } } ,
    first-line .value_required:n = true ,

    last-line .code:n = \@@_in_PitonInputFile:n 
      { \int_set:Nn \l_@@_last_line_int { #1 } } ,
    last-line .value_required:n = true , 

    begin-range .code:n = \@@_in_PitonInputFile:n 
      { \str_set:Nn \l_@@_begin_range_str { #1 } } ,
    begin-range .value_required:n = true ,

    end-range .code:n = \@@_in_PitonInputFile:n 
      { \str_set:Nn \l_@@_end_range_str { #1 } } ,
    end-range .value_required:n = true ,

    range .code:n = \@@_in_PitonInputFile:n 
      { 
        \str_set:Nn \l_@@_begin_range_str { #1 } 
        \str_set:Nn \l_@@_end_range_str { #1 } 
      } ,
    range .value_required:n = true ,

    resume .meta:n = line-numbers/resume , 

    unknown .code:n = \@@_error:n { Unknown~key~for~PitonOptions } ,

    % deprecated
    all-line-numbers .code:n = 
      \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_line_numbers_bool 
      \bool_set_false:N \l_@@_skip_empty_lines_bool ,
    all-line-numbers .value_forbidden:n = true ,

    % deprecated
    numbers-sep .dim_set:N = \l_@@_numbers_sep_dim ,
    numbers-sep .value_required:n = true 
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_in_PitonInputFile:n #1
  {
    \bool_if:NTF \l_@@_in_PitonInputFile_bool 
      { #1 }
      { \@@_error:n { Invalid~key } } 
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand \PitonOptions { m } 
  { 
    \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_in_PitonOptions_bool
    \keys_set:nn { PitonOptions } { #1 }
    \bool_set_false:N \l_@@_in_PitonOptions_bool
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% When using |\NewPitonEnvironment| a user may use |\PitonOptions| inside.
% However, the set of keys available should be different that in standard
% |\PitonOptions|. That's why we define a version of |\PitonOptions| with no
% restrection on the set of available keys and we will link that version to
% |\PitonOptions| in such environment.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand \@@_fake_PitonOptions { } 
  { \keys_set:nn { PitonOptions } }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
% 
%
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{The numbers of the lines}
%
% \medskip
% The following counter will be used to count the lines in the code when the
% user requires the numbers of the lines to be printed (with |line-numbers|).
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\int_new:N \g_@@_visual_line_int 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_print_number:
  {
    \hbox_overlap_left:n
      { 
        { 
          \color { gray } 
          \footnotesize 
          \int_to_arabic:n \g_@@_visual_line_int 
        } 
        \skip_horizontal:N \l_@@_numbers_sep_dim  
      }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{The command to write on the aux file}
%
%   
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_write_aux:
  {
    \tl_if_empty:NF \g_@@_aux_tl 
      {
        \iow_now:Nn \@mainaux { \ExplSyntaxOn }
        \iow_now:Nx \@mainaux 
          {
            \tl_gset:cn { c_@@_ \int_use:N \g_@@_env_int _ tl } 
              { \exp_not:o \g_@@_aux_tl } 
          }
        \iow_now:Nn \@mainaux { \ExplSyntaxOff }
      }
    \tl_gclear:N \g_@@_aux_tl 
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% The following macro with be used only when the key |width| is used with the
% special value~|min|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_width_to_aux:
  {
    \tl_gput_right:Nx \g_@@_aux_tl
      { 
        \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_line_width_dim 
          { \dim_eval:n { \g_@@_tmp_width_dim } }
      } 
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{The main commands and environments for the final user}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand { \NewPitonLanguage } { m m }
  { \lua_now:e { piton.new_language("#1","\lua_escape:n{#2}") } }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand { \piton } { }
  { \peek_meaning:NTF \bgroup \@@_piton_standard \@@_piton_verbatim }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand { \@@_piton_standard } { m }
  {
    \group_begin:
    \ttfamily
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following tuning of LuaTeX in order to avoid all break of lines on the
% hyphens. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \automatichyphenmode = 1
    \cs_set_eq:NN \\ \c_backslash_str
    \cs_set_eq:NN \% \c_percent_str  
    \cs_set_eq:NN \{ \c_left_brace_str
    \cs_set_eq:NN \} \c_right_brace_str
    \cs_set_eq:NN \$ \c_dollar_str
    \cs_set_eq:cN { ~ } \space 
    \cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_begin_line: { }
    \cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_end_line: { }
    \tl_set:Nx \l_tmpa_tl 
      { 
        \lua_now:e 
          { piton.ParseBis('\l_piton_language_str',token.scan_string()) }
          { #1 } 
      }
    \bool_if:NTF \l_@@_show_spaces_bool
      { \regex_replace_all:nnN { \x20 } { ␣ } \l_tmpa_tl } % U+2423
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following code replaces the characters U+0020 (spaces) by characters
% U+0020 of catcode~10: thus, they become breakable by an end of line. Maybe,
% this programmation is not very efficient but the key |break-lines-in-piton|
% will be rarely used.
%    \begin{macrocode}
      {
        \bool_if:NT \l_@@_break_lines_in_piton_bool
          { \regex_replace_all:nnN { \x20 } { \x20 } \l_tmpa_tl }
      }
    \l_tmpa_tl 
    \group_end:
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand { \@@_piton_verbatim } { v }
  {
    \group_begin:
    \ttfamily
    \automatichyphenmode = 1
    \cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_begin_line: { }
    \cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_end_line: { }
    \tl_set:Nx \l_tmpa_tl 
      { 
        \lua_now:e 
          { piton.Parse('\l_piton_language_str',token.scan_string()) } 
          { #1 } 
      }
    \bool_if:NT \l_@@_show_spaces_bool
      { \regex_replace_all:nnN { \x20 } { ␣ } \l_tmpa_tl } % U+2423
    \l_tmpa_tl 
    \group_end:
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%

%  \bigskip
%
%
% \bigskip
% The following command is not a user command. It will be used when we will
% have to ``rescan'' some chunks of Python code. For example, it will be the
% initial value of the Piton style |InitialValues| (the default values of the
% arguments of a Python function).
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_piton:n #1
  { 
    \group_begin:
    \cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_begin_line: { }
    \cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_end_line: { }
    \cs_set:cpn { pitonStyle _ \l_piton_language_str  _ Prompt } { }
    \cs_set:cpn { pitonStyle _ Prompt } { }
    \bool_lazy_or:nnTF 
      \l_@@_break_lines_in_piton_bool
      \l_@@_break_lines_in_Piton_bool
      {
        \tl_set:Nx \l_tmpa_tl 
          { 
            \lua_now:e 
              { piton.ParseTer('\l_piton_language_str',token.scan_string()) } 
              { #1 } 
          }
      }
      {
        \tl_set:Nx \l_tmpa_tl 
          { 
            \lua_now:e 
              { piton.Parse('\l_piton_language_str',token.scan_string()) }
              { #1 } 
          }
      }
    \bool_if:NT \l_@@_show_spaces_bool
      { \regex_replace_all:nnN { \x20 } { ␣ } \l_tmpa_tl } % U+2423
    \l_tmpa_tl 
    \group_end:
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% The following command is similar to the previous one but raise a fatal error if
% its argument contains a carriage return.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_piton_no_cr:n #1
  { 
    \group_begin:
    \cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_begin_line: { }
    \cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_end_line: { }
    \cs_set:cpn { pitonStyle _ \l_piton_language_str  _ Prompt } { }
    \cs_set:cpn { pitonStyle _ Prompt } { }
    \cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_newline:
      { \msg_fatal:nn { piton } { cr~not~allowed } }
    \bool_lazy_or:nnTF 
      \l_@@_break_lines_in_piton_bool
      \l_@@_break_lines_in_Piton_bool
      {
        \tl_set:Nx \l_tmpa_tl 
          { 
            \lua_now:e 
              { piton.ParseTer('\l_piton_language_str',token.scan_string()) } 
              { #1 }
          } 
      }
      {
        \tl_set:Nx \l_tmpa_tl 
          { 
            \lua_now:e 
              { piton.Parse('\l_piton_language_str',token.scan_string()) }
              { #1 } 
          }
      }
    \bool_if:NT \l_@@_show_spaces_bool
      { \regex_replace_all:nnN { \x20 } { ␣ } \l_tmpa_tl } % U+2423
    \l_tmpa_tl 
    \group_end:
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% Despite its name, |\@@_pre_env:| will be used both in |\PitonInputFile| and
% in the environments such as |{Piton}|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_pre_env:
  {
    \automatichyphenmode = 1
    \int_gincr:N \g_@@_env_int 
    \tl_gclear:N \g_@@_aux_tl
    \dim_compare:nNnT \l_@@_width_dim = \c_zero_dim 
      { \dim_set_eq:NN \l_@@_width_dim \linewidth }
%    \end{macrocode}
% We read the information written on the |aux| file by a previous run (when the
% key |width| is used with the special value~|min|). At this time, the only
% potential information written on the |aux| file is the value of
% |\l_@@_line_width_dim| when the key |width| has been used with the special
% value~|min|).
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \cs_if_exist_use:c { c_@@ _ \int_use:N \g_@@_env_int _ tl }
    \bool_if:NF \l_@@_resume_bool { \int_gzero:N \g_@@_visual_line_int }
    \dim_gzero:N \g_@@_tmp_width_dim
    \int_gzero:N \g_@@_line_int
    \dim_zero:N \parindent 
    \dim_zero:N \lineskip 
    \cs_set_eq:NN \label \@@_label:n
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
% \bigskip
% If the final user has used both |left-margin=auto| and |line-numbers|, we have
% to compute the width of the maximal number of lines at the end of the
% environment to fix the correct value to |left-margin|. The first argument of
% the following function is the name of the Lua function that will be applied to
% the second argument in order to count the number of lines.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_compute_left_margin:nn #1 #2
  {
    \bool_lazy_and:nnT \l_@@_left_margin_auto_bool \l_@@_line_numbers_bool
       {
        \hbox_set:Nn \l_tmpa_box
          {
            \footnotesize
            \bool_if:NTF \l_@@_skip_empty_lines_bool
              {
                \lua_now:n 
                  { piton.#1(token.scan_argument()) }
                  { #2 }
                \int_to_arabic:n 
                  { \g_@@_visual_line_int + \l_@@_nb_non_empty_lines_int }   
               }
              {
                \int_to_arabic:n 
                  { \g_@@_visual_line_int + \l_@@_nb_lines_int }  
              }
           }
         \dim_set:Nn \l_@@_left_margin_dim 
           { \box_wd:N \l_tmpa_box + \l_@@_numbers_sep_dim + 0.1 em }
       }
  }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_compute_left_margin:nn { n o }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
%
% \bigskip
% Whereas |\l_@@_with_dim| is the width of the environment,
% |\l_@@_line_width_dim| is the width of the lines of code without the
% potential margins for the numbers of lines and the background. Depending on
% the case, you have to compute |\l_@@_line_width_dim| from |\l_@@_width_dim| or
% we have to do the opposite.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_compute_width:
  {
    \dim_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_line_width_dim = \c_zero_dim
      {
        \dim_set_eq:NN \l_@@_line_width_dim \l_@@_width_dim
        \clist_if_empty:NTF \l_@@_bg_color_clist
%    \end{macrocode}
% If there is no background, we only subtract the left margin. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
          { \dim_sub:Nn \l_@@_line_width_dim \l_@@_left_margin_dim }
%    \end{macrocode}
% If there is a background, we subtract 0.5~em for the margin on the right.
%    \begin{macrocode}
          { 
            \dim_sub:Nn \l_@@_line_width_dim { 0.5 em }
%    \end{macrocode}
% And we subtract also for the left margin. If the key |left-margin| has been
% used (with a numerical value or with the special value~|min|),
% |\l_@@_left_margin_dim| has a non-zero value\footnote{If the key
% \texttt{left-margin} has been used with the special value \texttt{min}, the
% actual value of \texttt{\textbackslash l_\@\@_left_margin_dim} has yet been
% computed when we use the current command.} and we use that value. Elsewhere,
% we use a value of 0.5~em.
%    \begin{macrocode}
            \dim_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_left_margin_dim = \c_zero_dim 
              { \dim_sub:Nn \l_@@_line_width_dim { 0.5 em } }
              { \dim_sub:Nn \l_@@_line_width_dim \l_@@_left_margin_dim }
          }
      }
%    \end{macrocode}
% If |\l_@@_line_width_dim| has yet a non-zero value, that means that it has
% been read in the |aux| file: it has been written by a previous run because the
% key |width| is used with the special value~|min|). We compute now the width of
% the environment by computations opposite to the preceding ones.
%    \begin{macrocode}
      {
        \dim_set_eq:NN \l_@@_width_dim \l_@@_line_width_dim
        \clist_if_empty:NTF \l_@@_bg_color_clist
          { \dim_add:Nn \l_@@_width_dim \l_@@_left_margin_dim }
          { 
            \dim_add:Nn \l_@@_width_dim { 0.5 em }
            \dim_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_left_margin_dim = \c_zero_dim 
              { \dim_add:Nn \l_@@_width_dim { 0.5 em } }
              { \dim_add:Nn \l_@@_width_dim \l_@@_left_margin_dim }
          }
      }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
% 
% \bigskip 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand { \NewPitonEnvironment } { m m m m }
  { 
%    \end{macrocode}
% We construct a TeX macro which will catch as argument all the tokens until
% |\end{|\texttt{\textsl{name_env}}|}| with, in that
% |\end{|\texttt{\textsl{name_env}}|}|, the catcodes of |\|, |{| and |}| equal to
% 12 (``\texttt{other}''). The latter explains why the definition of that
% function is a bit complicated.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \use:x 
      { 
        \cs_set_protected:Npn 
          \use:c { _@@_collect_ #1 :w } 
          ####1 
          \c_backslash_str end \c_left_brace_str #1 \c_right_brace_str
      }
         { 
            \group_end:
            \mode_if_vertical:TF \mode_leave_vertical: \newline 
%    \end{macrocode}
% We count with Lua the number of lines of the argument. The result will be
% stored by Lua in |\l_@@_nb_lines_int|. That information will be used to allow
% or disallow page breaks. We use the technic of |token.scan_argument| for optimisation.
%    \begin{macrocode}
            \lua_now:n { piton.CountLines(token.scan_argument()) } { ##1 }  
%    \end{macrocode}
% The first argument of the following function is the name of the Lua function
% that will be applied to the second argument in order to count the number of lines.
%    \begin{macrocode}
            \@@_compute_left_margin:nn { CountNonEmptyLines } { ##1 }
            \@@_compute_width:
            \ttfamily
            \dim_zero:N \parskip 
%    \end{macrocode}
% |\g_@@_footnote_bool| is raised when the package \pkg{piton} has been loaded
% with the key |footnote| \emph{or} the key |footnotehyper|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
            \bool_if:NT \g_@@_footnote_bool { \savenotes } 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% Now, the key |write|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
            \str_if_empty:NTF \l_@@_path_write_str
              { \lua_now:e { piton.write = "\l_@@_write_str" } }
              { 
                \lua_now:e 
                  { piton.write = "\l_@@_path_write_str / \l_@@_write_str" } 
              } 
            \str_if_empty:NF \l_@@_write_str
              { 
                \seq_if_in:NVTF \g_@@_write_seq \l_@@_write_str 
                  { \lua_now:n { piton.write_mode = "a" } }
                  { 
                    \lua_now:n { piton.write_mode = "w" } 
                    \seq_gput_left:NV \g_@@_write_seq \l_@@_write_str
                  }
              }  
            \vtop \bgroup % modified 2024/03/02
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now, the main job. We use |token.scan_argument()| for optimisation.
%    \begin{macrocode}
            \lua_now:e 
              { 
                piton.GobbleParse
                  ( 
                    '\l_piton_language_str' , 
                    \int_use:N \l_@@_gobble_int ,
                    token.scan_argument ( )
                  ) 
              } 
              { ##1 }
            \vspace { 2.5 pt } 
            \egroup
            \bool_if:NT \g_@@_footnote_bool { \endsavenotes } 
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the user has used the key |width| with the special value~|min|, we write on
% the |aux| file the value of |\l_@@_line_width_dim| (largest width of the lines
% of code of the environment).
%    \begin{macrocode}
            \bool_if:NT \l_@@_width_min_bool \@@_width_to_aux:
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following |\end{#1}| is only for the stack of environments of LaTeX.
%    \begin{macrocode}
            \end { #1 }
            \@@_write_aux:
          }   
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% 
% \bigskip
% We can now define the new environment.
%
% We are still in the definition of the command |\NewPitonEnvironment|...
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \NewDocumentEnvironment { #1 } { #2 } 
      {
        \cs_set_eq:NN \PitonOptions \@@_fake_PitonOptions
        #3 
        \@@_pre_env:
        \int_compare:nNnT \l_@@_number_lines_start_int > \c_zero_int
          { \int_gset:Nn \g_@@_visual_line_int { \l_@@_number_lines_start_int - 1 } }
        \group_begin:
        \tl_map_function:nN 
          { \ \\ \{ \} \$ \& \# \^ \_ \% \~ \^^I } 
          \char_set_catcode_other:N 
        \use:c { _@@_collect_ #1 :w }
      }
      { #4 } 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The following code is for technical reasons. We want to change the catcode of
% |^^M| before catching the arguments of the new environment we are defining.
% Indeed, if not, we will have problems if there is a final optional argument in
% our environment (if that final argument is not used by the user in an
% instance of the environment, a spurious space is inserted, probably because
% the |^^M| is converted to space).
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \AddToHook { env / #1 / begin } { \char_set_catcode_other:N \^^M }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% This is the end of the definition of the command |\NewPitonEnvironment|.
%
% \bigskip
% Now, we define the environment |{Piton}|, which is the main environment
% provided by the package \pkg{piton}. Of course, you use
% |\NewPitonEnvironment|. 
%    \begin{macrocode} 
\bool_if:NTF \g_@@_beamer_bool
  {
    \NewPitonEnvironment { Piton } { d < > O { } }
      { 
        \keys_set:nn { PitonOptions } { #2 } 
        \tl_if_novalue:nTF { #1 }
          { \begin { uncoverenv } }
          { \begin { uncoverenv } < #1 > }
      }
      { \end { uncoverenv } } 
  }
  { 
    \NewPitonEnvironment { Piton } { O { } } 
      { \keys_set:nn { PitonOptions } { #1 } } 
      { } 
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \bigskip
% The code of the command |\PitonInputFile| is somewhat similar to the code of
% the environment |{Piton}|. In fact, it's simpler because there isn't the
% problem of catching the content of the environment in a verbatim mode.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand { \PitonInputFile } { d < > O { } m }
  {
    \group_begin:
    \tl_if_empty:NTF \l_@@_path_str
      { \str_set:Nn \l_@@_file_name_str { #3 } } 
      { 
        \str_set_eq:NN \l_@@_file_name_str \l_@@_path_str 
        \str_put_right:Nn \l_@@_file_name_str { / #3 }
      }
    \file_if_exist:nTF { \l_@@_file_name_str }
      { \@@_input_file:nn { #1 } { #2 } }
      { \msg_error:nnn { piton } { Unknown~file } { #3 } } 
    \group_end:
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The following command uses as implicit argument the name of the file in
% |\l_@@_file_name_str|. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_input_file:nn #1 #2 
  {
%    \end{macrocode}
% We recall that, if we are in Beamer, the command |\PitonInputFile| is
% ``overlay-aware'' and that's why there is an optional argument between angular
% brackets (|<| and |>|).
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \tl_if_novalue:nF { #1 }
      {
        \bool_if:NTF \g_@@_beamer_bool
          { \begin { uncoverenv } < #1 > }     
          { \@@_error:n { overlay~without~beamer } }
      }
    \group_begin:
      \int_zero_new:N \l_@@_first_line_int
      \int_zero_new:N \l_@@_last_line_int 
      \int_set_eq:NN \l_@@_last_line_int \c_max_int
      \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_in_PitonInputFile_bool
      \keys_set:nn { PitonOptions } { #2 }
      \bool_if:NT \l_@@_line_numbers_absolute_bool
        { \bool_set_false:N \l_@@_skip_empty_lines_bool }
      \bool_if:nTF
        {
          ( 
            \int_compare_p:nNn \l_@@_first_line_int > \c_zero_int
            || \int_compare_p:nNn \l_@@_last_line_int < \c_max_int 
          )
          && ! \str_if_empty_p:N \l_@@_begin_range_str
        }
        { 
          \@@_error:n { bad~range~specification } 
          \int_zero:N \l_@@_first_line_int
          \int_set_eq:NN \l_@@_last_line_int \c_max_int
        }
        { 
          \str_if_empty:NF \l_@@_begin_range_str 
            { 
              \@@_compute_range: 
              \bool_lazy_or:nnT 
                \l_@@_marker_include_lines_bool
                { ! \str_if_eq_p:NN \l_@@_begin_range_str \l_@@_end_range_str } 
                {
                  \int_decr:N \l_@@_first_line_int
                  \int_incr:N \l_@@_last_line_int
                }
            }
        }
      \@@_pre_env:
      \bool_if:NT \l_@@_line_numbers_absolute_bool
        { \int_gset:Nn \g_@@_visual_line_int { \l_@@_first_line_int - 1 } } 
      \int_compare:nNnT \l_@@_number_lines_start_int > \c_zero_int 
        { 
          \int_gset:Nn \g_@@_visual_line_int 
            { \l_@@_number_lines_start_int - 1 } 
        }
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following case arise when the code |line-numbers/absolute| is in force
% without the use of a marked range.
%    \begin{macrocode}
      \int_compare:nNnT \g_@@_visual_line_int < \c_zero_int 
        { \int_gzero:N \g_@@_visual_line_int }
      \mode_if_vertical:TF \mode_leave_vertical: \newline 
%    \end{macrocode}
% We count with Lua the number of lines of the argument. The result will be
% stored by Lua in |\l_@@_nb_lines_int|. That information will be used to allow
% or disallow page breaks.
%    \begin{macrocode}
      \lua_now:e { piton.CountLinesFile ( '\l_@@_file_name_str' ) } 
%    \end{macrocode}
% The first argument of the following function is the name of the Lua function
% that will be applied to the second argument in order to count the number of lines.
%    \begin{macrocode}
      \@@_compute_left_margin:no { CountNonEmptyLinesFile } \l_@@_file_name_str
      \@@_compute_width:
      \ttfamily
      \bool_if:NT \g_@@_footnote_bool { \savenotes } 
      \vtop \bgroup 
      \lua_now:e
        { 
          piton.ParseFile(
           '\l_piton_language_str' ,
           '\l_@@_file_name_str' ,
           \int_use:N \l_@@_first_line_int , 
           \int_use:N \l_@@_last_line_int ) 
        } 
      \egroup 
      \bool_if:NT \g_@@_footnote_bool { \endsavenotes } 
      \bool_if:NT \l_@@_width_min_bool \@@_width_to_aux:
    \group_end:
%    \end{macrocode}
% We recall that, if we are in Beamer, the command |\PitonInputFile| is
% ``overlay-aware'' and that's why we close now an environment |{uncoverenv}|
% that we have opened at the beginning of the command.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \tl_if_novalue:nF { #1 }
      { \bool_if:NT \g_@@_beamer_bool { \end { uncoverenv } } }
    \@@_write_aux:
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
% \bigskip
% The following command computes the values of |\l_@@_first_line_int| and
% |\l_@@_last_line_int| when |\PitonInputFile| is used with textual markers. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_compute_range: 
  {
%    \end{macrocode}
% We store the markers in L3 strings (|str|) in order to do safely the following
% replacement of |\#|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \str_set:Nx \l_tmpa_str { \@@_marker_beginning:n \l_@@_begin_range_str }
    \str_set:Nx \l_tmpb_str { \@@_marker_end:n \l_@@_end_range_str }
%    \end{macrocode}
% We replace the sequences |\#| which may be present in the prefixes (and, more
% unlikely, suffixes) added to the markers by the functions
% |\@@_marker_beginning:n| and |\@@_marker_end:n|
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \exp_args:NnV \regex_replace_all:nnN { \\\# } \c_hash_str \l_tmpa_str
    \exp_args:NnV \regex_replace_all:nnN { \\\# } \c_hash_str \l_tmpb_str
    \lua_now:e
      { 
        piton.ComputeRange
          ( '\l_tmpa_str' , '\l_tmpb_str' , '\l_@@_file_name_str' ) 
      } 
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{The styles}
% 
% \medskip
% The following command is fundamental: it will be used by the Lua code.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand { \PitonStyle } { m } 
  { 
    \cs_if_exist_use:cF { pitonStyle _ \l_piton_language_str  _ #1 }
      { \use:c { pitonStyle _ #1 } }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand { \SetPitonStyle } { O { } m } 
  { 
    \str_clear_new:N \l_@@_SetPitonStyle_option_str
    \str_set:Nx \l_@@_SetPitonStyle_option_str { \str_lowercase:n { #1 } }
    \str_if_eq:onT \l_@@_SetPitonStyle_option_str { current-language }
      { \str_set_eq:NN \l_@@_SetPitonStyle_option_str \l_piton_language_str }
    \keys_set:nn { piton / Styles } { #2 } 
  } 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \medskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_math_scantokens:n #1 
  { \normalfont \scantextokens { \begin{math} #1 \end{math} } }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \medskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\clist_new:N \g_@@_styles_clist
\clist_gset:Nn \g_@@_styles_clist 
  {
    Comment ,
    Comment.LaTeX ,
    Discard ,
    Exception ,
    FormattingType ,    
    Identifier ,
    InitialValues ,
    Interpol.Inside ,
    Keyword ,
    Keyword.Constant ,
    Keyword2 ,
    Keyword3 ,
    Keyword4 ,
    Keyword5 ,
    Keyword6 ,
    Keyword7 ,
    Keyword8 ,
    Keyword9 ,
    Name.Builtin ,      
    Name.Class ,
    Name.Constructor ,
    Name.Decorator ,
    Name.Field ,
    Name.Function ,
    Name.Module ,
    Name.Namespace ,
    Name.Table , 
    Name.Type ,
    Number ,
    Operator ,
    Operator.Word ,
    Preproc ,
    Prompt ,
    String.Doc ,
    String.Interpol ,
    String.Long ,
    String.Short ,     
    TypeParameter ,    
    UserFunction ,
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now, specific styles for the languages created with |\NewPitonLanguage| with
% the syntax of \pkg{listings}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    directive
  }  

\clist_map_inline:Nn \g_@@_styles_clist  
  {
    \keys_define:nn { piton / Styles }
      {
        #1 .value_required:n = true ,
        #1 .code:n = 
         \tl_set:cn 
           {
             pitonStyle _
             \str_if_empty:NF \l_@@_SetPitonStyle_option_str 
               { \l_@@_SetPitonStyle_option_str _ }
             #1
           }
           { ##1 }
      }
  }

\keys_define:nn { piton / Styles }
  {
    String          .meta:n = { String.Long = #1 , String.Short = #1 } ,
    Comment.Math    .tl_set:c = pitonStyle _ Comment.Math  ,
    ParseAgain      .tl_set:c = pitonStyle _ ParseAgain , 
    ParseAgain      .value_required:n = true ,
    ParseAgain.noCR .tl_set:c = pitonStyle _ ParseAgain.noCR , 
    ParseAgain.noCR .value_required:n = true ,
    unknown         .code:n = 
      \@@_error:n { Unknown~key~for~SetPitonStyle }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% We add the word |String| to the list of the styles because we will use that
% list in the error message for an unknown key in |\SetPitonStyle|.
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\clist_gput_left:Nn \g_@@_styles_clist { String }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% Of course, we sort that clist.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\clist_gsort:Nn \g_@@_styles_clist
  { 
    \str_compare:nNnTF { #1 } < { #2 } 
      \sort_return_same:    
      \sort_return_swapped:  
  } 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{The initial styles}
%
% The initial styles are inspired by the style ``manni'' of Pygments.
% 
% \medskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\SetPitonStyle
  {                                                       
    Comment            = \color[HTML]{0099FF} \itshape , 
    Exception          = \color[HTML]{CC0000} ,
    Keyword            = \color[HTML]{006699} \bfseries ,               
    Keyword.Constant   = \color[HTML]{006699} \bfseries ,               
    Name.Builtin       = \color[HTML]{336666} ,
    Name.Decorator     = \color[HTML]{9999FF}, 
    Name.Class         = \color[HTML]{00AA88} \bfseries ,
    Name.Function      = \color[HTML]{CC00FF} , 
    Name.Namespace     = \color[HTML]{00CCFF} , 
    Name.Constructor   = \color[HTML]{006000} \bfseries , 
    Name.Field         = \color[HTML]{AA6600} , 
    Name.Module        = \color[HTML]{0060A0} \bfseries ,
    Name.Table         = \color[HTML]{309030} ,
    Number             = \color[HTML]{FF6600} ,
    Operator           = \color[HTML]{555555} ,
    Operator.Word      = \bfseries ,
    String             = \color[HTML]{CC3300} ,         
    String.Doc         = \color[HTML]{CC3300} \itshape , 
    String.Interpol    = \color[HTML]{AA0000} ,
    Comment.LaTeX      = \normalfont \color[rgb]{.468,.532,.6} , 
    Name.Type          = \color[HTML]{336666} ,
    InitialValues      = \@@_piton:n ,
    Interpol.Inside    = \color{black}\@@_piton:n ,
    TypeParameter      = \color[HTML]{336666} \itshape ,
    Preproc            = \color[HTML]{AA6600} \slshape ,
    Identifier         = \@@_identifier:n , 
    directive          = \color[HTML]{AA6600} ,
    UserFunction       = , 
    Prompt             = , 
    ParseAgain.noCR    = \@@_piton_no_cr:n , 
    ParseAgain         = \@@_piton:n ,
    Discard            = \use_none:n 
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% The last styles |ParseAgain.noCR| and |ParseAgain| should be considered as 
% ``internal style'' (not available for the final user). However, maybe we will
% change that and document these styles for the final user (why not?).
%
% \medskip
% If the key |math-comments| has been used at load-time, we change the style
% |Comment.Math| which should be considered only at an ``internal style''.
% However, maybe we will document in a future version the possibility to write
% change the style \emph{locally} in a document)].
%    \begin{macrocode}
\AtBeginDocument 
  { 
    \bool_if:NT \g_@@_math_comments_bool 
       { \SetPitonStyle { Comment.Math = \@@_math_scantokens:n } } 
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
%
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{Highlighting some identifiers}
%
%
% \medskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand { \SetPitonIdentifier } { o m m } 
  { 
    \clist_set:Nn \l_tmpa_clist { #2 }
    \tl_if_novalue:nTF { #1 }
      { 
        \clist_map_inline:Nn \l_tmpa_clist 
          { \cs_set:cpn { PitonIdentifier _ ##1 } { #3 } }
      }
      {
        \str_set:Nx \l_tmpa_str { \str_lowercase:n { #1 } }
        \str_if_eq:onT \l_tmpa_str { current-language }
          { \str_set_eq:NN \l_tmpa_str \l_piton_language_str }
        \clist_map_inline:Nn \l_tmpa_clist 
          { \cs_set:cpn { PitonIdentifier _ \l_tmpa_str _ ##1 } { #3 } }
      }
  } 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_identifier:n #1
  { 
    \cs_if_exist_use:cF { PitonIdentifier _ \l_piton_language_str _ #1 } 
      { \cs_if_exist_use:c { PitonIdentifier _ #1 } }
    { #1 } 
  } 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\keys_define:nn { PitonOptions }
  { identifiers .code:n = \@@_set_identifiers:n { #1 } }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\keys_define:nn { Piton / identifiers }
  {
    names .clist_set:N = \l_@@_identifiers_names_tl ,
    style .tl_set:N    = \l_@@_style_tl ,
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_set_identifiers:n #1
  {
    \@@_error:n { key~identifiers~deprecated }
    \@@_gredirect_none:n { key~identifiers~deprecated }
    \clist_clear_new:N \l_@@_identifiers_names_tl 
    \tl_clear_new:N \l_@@_style_tl 
    \keys_set:nn { Piton / identifiers } { #1 }
    \clist_map_inline:Nn \l_@@_identifiers_names_tl 
      {
        \tl_set_eq:cN 
          { PitonIdentifier _ \l_piton_language_str _ ##1 }
          \l_@@_style_tl
      }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \bigskip
% In particular, we have an highlighting of the indentifiers which are the
% names of Python functions previously defined by the user. Indeed, when a
% Python function is defined, the style |Name.Function.Internal| is applied to
% that name. We define now that style (you define it directly and you short-cut
% the function |\SetPitonStyle|). 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:cpn { pitonStyle _ Name.Function.Internal } #1
  { 
%    \end{macrocode}
% First, the element is composed in the TeX flow with the style |Name.Function|
% which is provided to the final user.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    { \PitonStyle { Name.Function } { #1 } }
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now, we specify that the name of the new Python function is a known identifier
% that will be formated with the Piton style |UserFunction|. Of course,
% here the affectation is global because we have to exit many groups and even
% the environments |{Piton}|).
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \cs_gset_protected:cpn { PitonIdentifier _ \l_piton_language_str _ #1 } 
      { \PitonStyle { UserFunction } }
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now, we put the name of that new user function in the dedicated sequence
% (specific of the current language). {\bfseries That sequence will be used only
% by |\PitonClearUserFunctions|}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \seq_if_exist:cF { g_@@_functions _ \l_piton_language_str _ seq }
      { \seq_new:c { g_@@_functions _ \l_piton_language_str _ seq } }
    \seq_gput_right:cn { g_@@_functions _ \l_piton_language_str _ seq } { #1 }
%    \end{macrocode}
% We update |\g_@@_languages_seq| which is used only by the command
% |\PitonClearUserFunctions| when it's used without its optional argument.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    \seq_if_in:NVF \g_@@_languages_seq \l_piton_language_str 
      { \seq_gput_left:NV \g_@@_languages_seq \l_piton_language_str }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand \PitonClearUserFunctions { ! o } 
  { 
    \tl_if_novalue:nTF { #1 }
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the command is used without its optional argument, we will deleted the
% user language for all the informatic languages.
%    \begin{macrocode}
      { \@@_clear_all_functions: }
      { \@@_clear_list_functions:n { #1 } }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_clear_list_functions:n #1
  {
    \clist_set:Nn \l_tmpa_clist { #1 }
    \clist_map_function:NN \l_tmpa_clist \@@_clear_functions_i:n 
    \clist_map_inline:nn { #1 }
      { \seq_gremove_all:Nn \g_@@_languages_seq { ##1 } }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_clear_functions_i:n #1
  { \exp_args:Ne \@@_clear_functions_ii:n { \str_lowercase:n { #1 } } }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% The following command clears the list of the user-defined functions for the
% language provided in argument (mandatory in lower case). 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_clear_functions_ii:n #1 
  {
    \seq_if_exist:cT { g_@@_functions _ #1 _ seq }
      {
        \seq_map_inline:cn { g_@@_functions _ #1 _ seq }
          { \cs_undefine:c { PitonIdentifier _ #1 _ ##1} }
        \seq_gclear:c { g_@@_functions _ #1 _ seq }
      }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%  
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_clear_functions:n #1 
  {
    \@@_clear_functions_i:n { #1 }
    \seq_gremove_all:Nn \g_@@_languages_seq { #1 }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% The following command clears all the user-defined functions for all the
% informatic languages.
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_clear_all_functions:
  { 
    \seq_map_function:NN \g_@@_languages_seq \@@_clear_functions_i:n 
    \seq_gclear:N \g_@@_languages_seq
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{Security}
%
%     \begin{macrocode}
\AddToHook { env / piton / begin } 
  { \msg_fatal:nn { piton } { No~environment~piton } }

\msg_new:nnn { piton } { No~environment~piton }
  { 
    There~is~no~environment~piton!\\
    There~is~an~environment~{Piton}~and~a~command~
    \token_to_str:N \piton\ but~there~is~no~environment~
    {piton}.~This~error~is~fatal.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{The error messages of the package}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nn { bad~version~of~piton.lua }
  {
    Bad~number~version~of~'piton.lua'\\
    The~file~'piton.lua'~loaded~has~not~the~same~number~of~
    version~as~the~file~'piton.sty'.~You~can~go~on~but~you~should~
    address~that~issue.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nn { key~identifiers~deprecated }
  {
    The~key~'identifiers'~in~the~command~\token_to_str:N PitonOptions\ 
    is~now~deprecated:~you~should~use~the~command~
    \token_to_str:N \SetPitonIdentifier\ instead.\\
    However,~you~can~go~on.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nn { Unknown~key~for~SetPitonStyle } 
  {
    The~style~'\l_keys_key_str'~is~unknown.\\
    This~key~will~be~ignored.\\
    The~available~styles~are~(in~alphabetic~order):~
    \clist_use:Nnnn \g_@@_styles_clist { ~and~ } { ,~ } { ~and~ }.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nn { Invalid~key }
  {
    Wrong~use~of~key.\\
    You~can't~use~the~key~'\l_keys_key_str'~here.\\
    That~key~will~be~ignored.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nn { Unknown~key~for~line-numbers } 
  { 
    Unknown~key. \\
    The~key~'line-numbers / \l_keys_key_str'~is~unknown.\\
    The~available~keys~of~the~family~'line-numbers'~are~(in~
    alphabetic~order):~
    absolute,~false,~label-empty-lines,~resume,~skip-empty-lines,~
    sep,~start~and~true.\\
    That~key~will~be~ignored.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nn { Unknown~key~for~marker } 
  { 
    Unknown~key. \\
    The~key~'marker / \l_keys_key_str'~is~unknown.\\
    The~available~keys~of~the~family~'marker'~are~(in~
    alphabetic~order):~ beginning,~end~and~include-lines.\\
    That~key~will~be~ignored.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nn { bad~range~specification } 
  {
    Incompatible~keys.\\
    You~can't~specify~the~range~of~lines~to~include~by~using~both~
    markers~and~explicit~number~of~lines.\\
    Your~whole~file~'\l_@@_file_name_str'~will~be~included.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%   \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nn { syntax~error }
  {
    Your~code~of~the~language~"\l_piton_language_str"~is~not~
    syntactically~correct.\\  
    It~won't~be~printed~in~the~PDF~file.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nn { begin~marker~not~found }
  {
    Marker~not~found.\\
    The~range~'\l_@@_begin_range_str'~provided~to~the~  
    command~\token_to_str:N \PitonInputFile\ has~not~been~found.~
    The~whole~file~'\l_@@_file_name_str'~will~be~inserted.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nn { end~marker~not~found }
  {
    Marker~not~found.\\
    The~marker~of~end~of~the~range~'\l_@@_end_range_str'~
    provided~to~the~command~\token_to_str:N \PitonInputFile\ 
    has~not~been~found.~The~file~'\l_@@_file_name_str'~will~
    be~inserted~till~the~end.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nn { Unknown~file }
  {
    Unknown~file. \\
    The~file~'#1'~is~unknown.\\
    Your~command~\token_to_str:N \PitonInputFile\ will~be~discarded.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\msg_new:nnnn { piton } { Unknown~key~for~PitonOptions }
  { 
    Unknown~key. \\
    The~key~'\l_keys_key_str'~is~unknown~for~\token_to_str:N \PitonOptions.~
    It~will~be~ignored.\\
    For~a~list~of~the~available~keys,~type~H~<return>.
  }
  {
    The~available~keys~are~(in~alphabetic~order):~
    auto-gobble,~
    background-color,~
    break-lines,~
    break-lines-in-piton,~
    break-lines-in-Piton,~
    continuation-symbol,~ 
    continuation-symbol-on-indentation,~
    detected-commands,~
    end-of-broken-line,~
    end-range,~
    env-gobble,~
    gobble,~
    indent-broken-lines,~
    language,~
    left-margin,~
    line-numbers/,~
    marker/,~
    math-comments,~
    path,~
    path-write,~
    prompt-background-color,~
    resume,~
    show-spaces,~
    show-spaces-in-strings,~
    splittable,~
    tabs-auto-gobble,~
    tab-size,~
    width~and~write.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nn { label~with~lines~numbers } 
  {
    You~can't~use~the~command~\token_to_str:N \label\
    because~the~key~'line-numbers'~is~not~active.\\
    If~you~go~on,~that~command~will~ignored.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nn { cr~not~allowed }
  {
    You~can't~put~any~carriage~return~in~the~argument~
    of~a~command~\c_backslash_str
    \l_@@_beamer_command_str\ within~an~
    environment~of~'piton'.~You~should~consider~using~the~
    corresponding~environment.\\
    That~error~is~fatal.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\@@_msg_new:nn { overlay~without~beamer }
  {
    You~can't~use~an~argument~<...>~for~your~command~
    \token_to_str:N \PitonInputFile\ because~you~are~not~
    in~Beamer.\\
    If~you~go~on,~that~argument~will~be~ignored.
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{We load piton.lua}
%
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_test_version:n #1
  { 
    \str_if_eq:VnF \PitonFileVersion { #1 } 
      { \@@_error:n { bad~version~of~piton.lua } }
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
\hook_gput_code:nnn { begindocument } { . }
  { 
    \lua_now:n 
      { 
        require ( "piton" ) 
        tex.sprint ( luatexbase.catcodetables.CatcodeTableExpl ,
                     "\\@@_test_version:n {" .. piton_version .. "}" ) 
      } 
  }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{Detected commands}
%
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
\ExplSyntaxOff
\begin{luacode*}
    lpeg.locale(lpeg)
    local P , alpha , C , space , S , V
      = lpeg.P , lpeg.alpha , lpeg.C , lpeg.space , lpeg.S , lpeg.V
    local function add(...)
          local s = P ( false ) 
          for _ , x in ipairs({...}) do s = s + x end  
          return s 
          end
    local my_lpeg = 
      P {  "E" ,
           E = ( V "F" * ( "," * V "F" ) ^ 0 ) / add ,
           F = space ^ 0 * ( alpha ^ 1 ) / "\\%0" * space ^ 0 
        }
    function piton.addListCommands( key_value )
      piton.ListCommands = piton.ListCommands + my_lpeg : match ( key_value ) 
    end
\end{luacode*}
%</STY>
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% 
% \bigskip
% \subsection{The Lua part of the implementation}
%
% \bigskip
% The Lua code will be loaded via a |{luacode*}| environment. The environment
% is by itself a Lua block and the local declarations will be local to that
% block. All the global functions (used by the L3 parts of the implementation)
% will be put in a Lua table |piton|.
%
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
%<*LUA>
if piton.comment_latex == nil then piton.comment_latex = ">" end 
piton.comment_latex = "#" .. piton.comment_latex 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \bigskip
% The following functions are an easy way to safely insert braces (|{| and |}|)
% in the TeX flow.
%    \begin{macrocode}
function piton.open_brace () 
   tex.sprint("{") 
end 
function piton.close_brace () 
   tex.sprint("}") 
end 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{Special functions dealing with LPEG}
%
% \medskip
% We will use the Lua library \pkg{lpeg} which is built in LuaTeX. That's why we
% define first aliases for several functions of that library.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local P, S, V, C, Ct, Cc = lpeg.P, lpeg.S, lpeg.V, lpeg.C, lpeg.Ct, lpeg.Cc
local Cs , Cg , Cmt , Cb = lpeg.Cs, lpeg.Cg , lpeg.Cmt , lpeg.Cb 
local R = lpeg.R
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
%
% \bigskip
% The function |Q| takes in as argument a pattern and returns a \textsc{lpeg}
% \emph{which does a capture} of the pattern. That capture will be sent to LaTeX
% with the catcode ``other'' for all the characters: it's suitable for elements
% of the Python listings that \pkg{piton} will typeset verbatim (thanks to the
% catcode ``other''). 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local function Q ( pattern )
  return Ct ( Cc ( luatexbase.catcodetables.CatcodeTableOther ) * C ( pattern ) )
end 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \bigskip
% The function |L| takes in as argument a pattern and returns a \textsc{lpeg}
% \emph{which does a capture} of the pattern. That capture will be sent to LaTeX
% with standard LaTeX catcodes for all the characters: the elements captured
% will be formatted as normal LaTeX codes. It's suitable for the ``LaTeX
% comments'' in the environments |{Piton}| and the elements beetween 
% |begin-escape| and |end-escape|. That function won't be much used.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local function L ( pattern )
  return Ct ( C ( pattern ) ) 
end
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% The function |Lc| (the c is for \emph{constant}) takes in as argument a string
% and returns a \textsc{lpeg} \emph{with does a constant capture} which returns
% that string. The elements captured will be formatted as L3 code. It will be
% used to send to LaTeX all the formatting LaTeX instructions we have to insert
% in order to do the syntactic highlighting (that's the main job of
% \pkg{piton}). That function will be widely used.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local function Lc ( string )
  return Cc ( { luatexbase.catcodetables.expl , string } ) 
end 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% The function |K| creates a \textsc{lpeg} which will return as capture the
% whole LaTeX code corresponding to a Python chunk (that is to say with the
% LaTeX formatting instructions corresponding to the syntactic nature of that
% Python chunk). The first argument is a Lua string corresponding to the name of
% a \pkg{piton} style and the second element is a pattern (that is to say a
% \textsc{lpeg} without capture)
%    \begin{macrocode}e
local function K ( style , pattern )
  return
     Lc ( "{\\PitonStyle{" .. style .. "}{" )
     * Q ( pattern )
     * Lc "}}"
end
%    \end{macrocode}
% The formatting commands in a given \pkg{piton} style (eg. the style |Keyword|)
% may be semi-global declarations (such as |\bfseries| or |\slshape|) or LaTeX
% macros with an argument (such as |\fbox| or |\colorbox{yellow}|). In order to
% deal with both syntaxes, we have used two pairs of braces: 
% |{\PitonStyle{Keyword}{|\texttt{\slshape text to format}|}}|.
% 
%
% \bigskip
% The following function |WithStyle| is similar to the function |K| but should
% be used for multi-lines elements. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local function WithStyle ( style , pattern )
  return 
       Ct ( Cc "Open" * Cc ( "{\\PitonStyle{" .. style .. "}{" ) * Cc "}}" ) 
     * pattern 
     * Ct ( Cc "Close" ) 
end
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% The following \textsc{lpeg} catches the Python chunks which are in LaTeX
% escapes (and that chunks will be considered as normal LaTeX constructions).
%    \begin{macrocode}
Escape = P ( false ) 
EscapeClean = P ( false ) 
if piton.begin_escape ~= nil
then 
  Escape = 
    P ( piton.begin_escape )
    * L ( ( 1 - P ( piton.end_escape ) ) ^ 1 ) 
    * P ( piton.end_escape )
%    \end{macrocode}
% The LPEG |EscapeClean| will be used in the LPEG Clean (and that LPEG is used
% to ``clean'' the code by removing the formatting elements).
%    \begin{macrocode}
  EscapeClean = 
    P ( piton.begin_escape )
    * ( 1 - P ( piton.end_escape ) ) ^ 1 
    * P ( piton.end_escape )
end
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
EscapeMath = P ( false ) 
if piton.begin_escape_math ~= nil
then 
  EscapeMath = 
    P ( piton.begin_escape_math )
    * Lc "\\ensuremath{" 
    * L ( ( 1 - P(piton.end_escape_math) ) ^ 1 )
    * Lc ( "}" ) 
    * P ( piton.end_escape_math )
end
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \vspace{1cm}
% The following line is mandatory.
%    \begin{macrocode}
lpeg.locale(lpeg)
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{The basic syntactic LPEG}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
local alpha , digit = lpeg.alpha , lpeg.digit
local space = P " " 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Remember that, for \textsc{lpeg}, the Unicode characters such as |à|, |â|,
% |ç|, etc. are in fact strings of length 2 (2 bytes) because \pkg{lpeg} is not
% Unicode-aware. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local letter = alpha + "_" + "â" + "à" + "ç" + "é" + "è" + "ê" + "ë" + "ï" + "î"
                    + "ô" + "û" + "ü" + "Â" + "À" + "Ç" + "É" + "È" + "Ê" + "Ë"
                    + "Ï" + "Î" + "Ô" + "Û" + "Ü"

local alphanum = letter + digit
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% The following \textsc{lpeg} |identifier| is a mere pattern (that is to say
% more or less a regular expression) which matches the Python identifiers (hence
% the name).
%    \begin{macrocode}
local identifier = letter * alphanum ^ 0
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \medskip
% On the other hand, the \textsc{lpeg} |Identifier| (with a capital) also returns
% a \emph{capture}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Identifier = K ( 'Identifier' , identifier )
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% By convention, we will use names with an initial capital for \textsc{lpeg}
% which return captures.
%
% 
% \bigskip
% Here is the first use of our function~|K|. That function will be used to
% construct \textsc{lpeg} which capture Python chunks for which we have a
% dedicated \pkg{piton} style. For example, for the numbers, \pkg{piton}
% provides a style which is called |Number|. The name of the style is provided
% as a Lua string in the second argument of the function~|K|. By convention, we
% use single quotes for delimiting the Lua strings which are names of
% \pkg{piton} styles (but this is only a convention).
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Number =
  K ( 'Number' ,
      ( digit ^ 1 * P "." * # ( 1 - P "." ) * digit ^ 0 
        + digit ^ 0 * P "." * digit ^ 1 
        + digit ^ 1 )
      * ( S "eE" * S "+-" ^ -1 * digit ^ 1 ) ^ -1
      + digit ^ 1 
    ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% We recall that |piton.begin_espace| and |piton_end_escape| are Lua strings
% corresponding to the keys |begin-escape| and |end-escape|. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Word
if piton.begin_escape then 
  Word = Q ( ( 1 - space - piton.begin_escape - piton.end_escape 
                   - S "'\"\r[({})]" - digit ) ^ 1 )
else 
  Word = Q ( ( 1 - space - S "'\"\r[({})]" - digit ) ^ 1 )
end
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Space = Q " " ^ 1

local SkipSpace = Q " " ^ 0 

local Punct = Q ( S ".,:;!" )

local Tab = "\t" * Lc "\\l_@@_tab_tl"
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
local SpaceIndentation = Lc "\\@@_an_indentation_space:" * Q " "
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Delim = Q ( S "[({})]" )
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% The following \textsc{lpeg} catches a space (U+0020) and replace it by
% |\l_@@_space_tl|. It will be used in the strings. Usually,
% |\l_@@_space_tl| will contain a space and therefore there won't be difference.
% However, when the key |show-spaces-in-strings| is in force, |\\l_@@_space_tl| will
% contain ␣ (U+2423) in order to visualize the spaces.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local VisualSpace = space * Lc "\\l_@@_space_tl" 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{Several tools for the construction of the main LPEG}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
local LPEG0 = { }
local LPEG1 = { }
local LPEG2 = { }
local LPEG_cleaner = { }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% For each language, we will need a pattern to match expressions with balanced
% braces. Those balanced braces must \emph{not} take into account the braces
% present in strings of the language. However, the syntax for the strings is
% language-dependent. That's why we write a Lua function |Compute_braces| which
% will compute the pattern by taking in as argument a pattern for the strings of
% the language (at least the shorts strings).
%    \begin{macrocode}
local function Compute_braces ( lpeg_string ) return 
    P { "E" ,
         E = 
             (
               "{" * V "E" * "}" 
               + 
               lpeg_string
               + 
               ( 1 - S "{}" ) 
             ) ^ 0 
      }
end 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% The following Lua function will compute the \text{lpeg} |DetectedCommands|
% which is a \textsc{lpeg} with captures).
%    \begin{macrocode}
local function Compute_DetectedCommands ( lang , braces ) return 
  Ct ( Cc "Open" 
        * C ( piton.ListCommands * P "{" ) 
        * Cc "}" 
     ) 
   * ( braces / (function ( s ) return LPEG1[lang] : match ( s ) end ) )
   * P "}" 
   * Ct ( Cc "Close" ) 
end
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
local function Compute_LPEG_cleaner ( lang , braces ) return 
  Ct ( ( piton.ListCommands * "{" 
          * (  braces 
              / ( function ( s ) return LPEG_cleaner[lang] : match ( s ) end ) )
          * "}" 
         + EscapeClean
         +  C ( P ( 1 ) )
        ) ^ 0 ) / table.concat 
end
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{Constructions for Beamer}
%
% \bigskip
% If the classe Beamer is used, some environemnts and commands of Beamer are
% automatically detected in the listings of \pkg{piton}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Beamer = P ( false ) 
local BeamerBeginEnvironments = P ( true ) 
local BeamerEndEnvironments = P ( true ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
local list_beamer_env =
  { "uncoverenv" , "onlyenv" , "visibleenv" , "invisibleenv" , "alertenv" , "actionenv" }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
local BeamerNamesEnvironments = P ( false ) 
for _ , x in ipairs ( list_beamer_env ) do
  BeamerNamesEnvironments = BeamerNamesEnvironments + x 
end 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
BeamerBeginEnvironments = 
    ( space ^ 0 * 
      L 
        ( 
          P "\\begin{" * BeamerNamesEnvironments * "}"
          * ( "<" * ( 1 - P ">" ) ^ 0 * ">" ) ^ -1
        )
      * "\r" 
    ) ^ 0 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
BeamerEndEnvironments = 
    ( space ^ 0 * 
      L ( P "\\end{" * BeamerNamesEnvironments * "}" ) 
      * "\r" 
    ) ^ 0 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
% \bigskip
% The following Lua function will be used to compute the \textsc{lpeg} |Beamer|
% for each informatic language.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local function Compute_Beamer ( lang , braces ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% We will compute in |lpeg| the \textsc{lpeg} that we will return.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  local lpeg = L ( P "\\pause" * ( "[" * ( 1 - P "]" ) ^ 0 * "]" ) ^ -1 ) 
  lpeg = lpeg + 
      Ct ( Cc "Open" 
            * C ( ( P "\\uncover" + "\\only" + "\\alert" + "\\visible"
                    + "\\invisible" + "\\action" ) 
                  * ( "<" * ( 1 - P ">" ) ^ 0 * ">" ) ^ -1 
                  * P "{" 
                ) 
            * Cc "}" 
         ) 
       * ( braces / ( function ( s ) return LPEG1[lang] : match ( s ) end ) )
       * "}" 
       * Ct ( Cc "Close" ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
% \bigskip
% For the command |\\alt|, the specification of the overlays (between angular
% brackets) is mandatory. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
  lpeg = lpeg +
    L ( P "\\alt" * "<" * ( 1 - P ">" ) ^ 0 * ">" * "{" )
     * K ( 'ParseAgain.noCR' , braces ) 
     * L ( P "}{" )
     * K ( 'ParseAgain.noCR' , braces ) 
     * L ( P "}" )
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% For |\\temporal|, the specification of the overlays (between angular brackets) is mandatory.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  lpeg = lpeg +
      L ( ( P "\\temporal" ) * "<" * ( 1 - P ">" ) ^ 0 * ">" * "{" )
      * K ( 'ParseAgain.noCR' , braces ) 
      * L ( P "}{" )
      * K ( 'ParseAgain.noCR' , braces ) 
      * L ( P "}{" )
      * K ( 'ParseAgain.noCR' , braces ) 
      * L ( P "}" )
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% Now, the environments of Beamer.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  for _ , x in ipairs ( list_beamer_env ) do
  lpeg = lpeg + 
        Ct ( Cc "Open" 
             * C ( 
                    P ( "\\begin{" .. x .. "}" )
                    * ( "<" * ( 1 - P ">") ^ 0 * ">" ) ^ -1 
                  ) 
             * Cc ( "\\end{" .. x ..  "}" )
            ) 
        * ( 
            ( ( 1 - P ( "\\end{" .. x .. "}" ) ) ^ 0 ) 
                / ( function ( s ) return LPEG1[lang] : match ( s ) end ) 
          )
        * P ( "\\end{" .. x .. "}" ) 
        * Ct ( Cc "Close" ) 
  end 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% Now, you can return the value we have computed.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  return lpeg 
end
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
% \bigskip
% The following LPEG is in relation with the key |math-comments|. It will be
% used in all the languages.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local CommentMath = 
  P "$" * K ( 'Comment.Math' , ( 1 - S "$\r" ) ^ 1  ) * P "$" -- $
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{EOL}
%
% \bigskip
% The following LPEG will detect the Python prompts when the user is typesetting
% an interactive session of Python (directly or through |{pyconsole}| of
% \pkg{pyluatex}). We have to detect that prompt twice. The first detection
% (called \emph{hasty detection}) will be before the |\@@_begin_line:| because
% you want to trigger a special background color for that row (and, after the
% |\@@_begin_line:|, it's too late to change de background).
%    \begin{macrocode}
local PromptHastyDetection = 
  ( # ( P ">>>" + "..." ) * Lc ( '\\@@_prompt:' ) ) ^ -1 
%    \end{macrocode}
% We remind that the marker |#| of \textsc{lpeg} specifies that the pattern will be
% detected but won't consume any character.
%
% \medskip
% With the following \textsc{lpeg}, a style will actually be applied to the
% prompt (for instance, it's possible to decide to discard these prompts).
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Prompt = K ( 'Prompt' , ( ( P ">>>" + "..." ) * P " " ^ -1 ) ^ -1  ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
%    
%
%
% \bigskip
% The following \textsc{lpeg} |EOL| is for the end of lines.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local EOL = 
  P "\r" 
  *
  (
    ( space ^ 0 * -1 )
    + 
%    \end{macrocode}
% We recall that each line in the Python code we have to parse will be sent
% back to LaTeX between a pair |\@@_begin_line:| --
% |\@@_end_line:|\footnote{Remember that the \texttt{\textbackslash
% @@\_end\_line:} must be explicit because it will be used as marker in order to
% delimit the argument of the command \texttt{\textbackslash @@\_begin\_line:}}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    Ct ( 
         Cc "EOL"
         * 
         Ct (
              Lc "\\@@_end_line:"
              * BeamerEndEnvironments 
              * BeamerBeginEnvironments 
              * PromptHastyDetection
              * Lc "\\@@_newline: \\@@_begin_line:"
              * Prompt
            )
       )
  ) 
  * ( SpaceIndentation ^ 0 * # ( 1 - S " \r" ) ) ^ -1
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% The following \textsc{lpeg} |CommentLaTeX| is for what is called in that
% document the ``LaTeX comments''. Since the elements that will be catched must
% be sent to LaTeX with standard LaTeX catcodes, we put the capture (done by
% the function~|C|) in a table (by using~|Ct|, which is an alias for |lpeg.Ct|).
%    \begin{macrocode}
local CommentLaTeX =
  P(piton.comment_latex) 
  * Lc "{\\PitonStyle{Comment.LaTeX}{\\ignorespaces" 
  * L ( ( 1 - P "\r" ) ^ 0 ) 
  * Lc "}}" 
  * ( EOL + -1 )  
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
% 
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{The language Python}
% 
% \bigskip
% Some strings of length 2 are explicit because we want the corresponding
% ligatures available in some fonts such as \emph{Fira Code} to be active.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Operator = 
  K ( 'Operator' ,
      P "!=" + "<>" + "==" + "<<" + ">>" + "<=" + ">=" + ":=" + "//" + "**" 
      + S "-~+/*%=<>&.@|" )

local OperatorWord = 
  K ( 'Operator.Word' , P "in" + "is" + "and" + "or" + "not" )

local Keyword = 
  K ( 'Keyword' ,
      P "as" + "assert" + "break" + "case" + "class" + "continue" + "def" +
      "del" + "elif" + "else" + "except" + "exec" + "finally" + "for" + "from" +
      "global" + "if" + "import" + "lambda" + "non local" + "pass" + "return" +
      "try" + "while" + "with" + "yield" + "yield from" )
  + K ( 'Keyword.Constant' , P "True" + "False" + "None" ) 

local Builtin = 
  K ( 'Name.Builtin' ,
      P "__import__" + "abs" + "all" + "any" + "bin" + "bool" + "bytearray" +
      "bytes" + "chr" + "classmethod" + "compile" + "complex" + "delattr" +
      "dict" + "dir" + "divmod" + "enumerate" + "eval" + "filter" + "float" +
      "format" + "frozenset" + "getattr" + "globals" + "hasattr" + "hash" +
      "hex" + "id" + "input" + "int" + "isinstance" + "issubclass" + "iter" +
      "len" + "list" + "locals" + "map" + "max" + "memoryview" + "min" + "next"
      + "object" + "oct" + "open" + "ord" + "pow" + "print" + "property" +
      "range" + "repr" + "reversed" + "round" + "set" + "setattr" + "slice" +
      "sorted" + "staticmethod" + "str" + "sum" + "super" + "tuple" + "type" +
      "vars" + "zip" ) 


local Exception =
  K ( 'Exception' ,
      P "ArithmeticError" + "AssertionError" + "AttributeError" +
      "BaseException" + "BufferError" + "BytesWarning" + "DeprecationWarning" +
      "EOFError" + "EnvironmentError" + "Exception" + "FloatingPointError" +
      "FutureWarning" + "GeneratorExit" + "IOError" + "ImportError" +
      "ImportWarning" + "IndentationError" + "IndexError" + "KeyError" +
      "KeyboardInterrupt" + "LookupError" + "MemoryError" + "NameError" +
      "NotImplementedError" + "OSError" + "OverflowError" +
      "PendingDeprecationWarning" + "ReferenceError" + "ResourceWarning" +
      "RuntimeError" + "RuntimeWarning" + "StopIteration" + "SyntaxError" +
      "SyntaxWarning" + "SystemError" + "SystemExit" + "TabError" + "TypeError"
      + "UnboundLocalError" + "UnicodeDecodeError" + "UnicodeEncodeError" +
      "UnicodeError" + "UnicodeTranslateError" + "UnicodeWarning" +
      "UserWarning" + "ValueError" + "VMSError" + "Warning" + "WindowsError" +
      "ZeroDivisionError" + "BlockingIOError" + "ChildProcessError" +
      "ConnectionError" + "BrokenPipeError" + "ConnectionAbortedError" +
      "ConnectionRefusedError" + "ConnectionResetError" + "FileExistsError" +
      "FileNotFoundError" + "InterruptedError" + "IsADirectoryError" +
      "NotADirectoryError" + "PermissionError" + "ProcessLookupError" +
      "TimeoutError" + "StopAsyncIteration" + "ModuleNotFoundError" +
      "RecursionError" ) 


local RaiseException = K ( 'Keyword' , P "raise" ) * SkipSpace * Exception * Q "("  

%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% In Python, a ``decorator'' is a statement whose begins by |@| which patches
% the function defined in the following statement.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Decorator = K ( 'Name.Decorator' , P "@" * letter ^ 1  ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% The following \textsc{lpeg} |DefClass| will be used to detect the definition of a
% new class (the name of that new class will be formatted with the \pkg{piton}
% style |Name.Class|). 
%
% \smallskip
% Example:\enskip \piton{class myclass:}
%    \begin{macrocode}
local DefClass = 
  K ( 'Keyword' , "class" ) * Space * K ( 'Name.Class' , identifier ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% If the word |class| is not followed by a identifier, it will be catched as
% keyword by the \textsc{lpeg} |Keyword| (useful if we want to type a
% list of keywords).
%
%
% \bigskip
% The following \textsc{lpeg} |ImportAs| is used for the lines beginning by |import|.
% % We have to detect the potential keyword |as| because both the name of the
% module and its alias must be formatted with the \pkg{piton} style |Name.Namespace|.
%
% \smallskip
% Example:\enskip \piton{import numpy as np}
%
% \smallskip
% Moreover, after the keyword |import|, it's possible to have a comma-separated
% list of modules (if the keyword |as| is not used).
%
% \smallskip
% Example:\enskip \piton{import math, numpy}
%    \begin{macrocode}
local ImportAs = 
  K ( 'Keyword' , "import" )
   * Space 
   * K ( 'Name.Namespace' , identifier * ( "." * identifier ) ^ 0 )
   * ( 
       ( Space * K ( 'Keyword' , "as" ) * Space 
          * K ( 'Name.Namespace' , identifier ) )
       + 
       ( SkipSpace * Q "," * SkipSpace 
          * K ( 'Name.Namespace' , identifier ) ) ^ 0 
     ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
% Be careful: there is no commutativity of |+| in the previous expression.
%
% \bigskip
% The \textsc{lpeg} |FromImport| is used for the lines beginning by |from|. We
% need a special treatment because the identifier following the keyword |from|
% must be formatted with the \pkg{piton} style |Name.Namespace| and the
% following keyword |import| must be formatted with the \pkg{piton} style
% |Keyword| and must \emph{not} be catched by the \textsc{lpeg} |ImportAs|.
%
% \smallskip
% Example:\enskip \piton{from math import pi}
%
% \smallskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
local FromImport =
  K ( 'Keyword' , "from" ) 
    * Space * K ( 'Name.Namespace' , identifier )
    * Space * K ( 'Keyword' , "import" ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{The strings of Python}
%
% For the strings in Python, there are four categories of delimiters (without
% counting the prefixes for f-strings and raw strings). We will use, in the
% names of our \textsc{lpeg}, prefixes to distinguish the \textsc{lpeg} dealing
% with that categories of strings, as presented in the following tabular.
% \begin{center}
% \begin{tabular}{@{}lcc@{}}
% \toprule
%         & |Single| & |Double| \\
% \midrule
% |Short| & |'text'|     & |"text"| \\
% |Long|  & |'''test'''| & |"""text"""| \\
% \bottomrule
% \end{tabular}
% \end{center}
%
% 
% \bigskip
% We have also to deal with the interpolations in the f-strings. Here
% is an example of a f-string with an interpolation and a format
% instruction\footnote{There is no special \pkg{piton} style for the formatting
% instruction (after the colon): the style which will be applied will be the
% style of the encompassing string, that is to say |String.Short| or
% |String.Long|.} in that interpolation:
%
% \piton{f'Total price: {total+1:.2f} €'}
%
%
% \bigskip
% The interpolations beginning by |%| (even though there is more modern
% technics now in Python).
%    \begin{macrocode}
local PercentInterpol =  
  K ( 'String.Interpol' , 
      P "%" 
      * ( "(" * alphanum ^ 1 * ")" ) ^ -1 
      * ( S "-#0 +" ) ^ 0 
      * ( digit ^ 1 + "*" ) ^ -1 
      * ( "." * ( digit ^ 1 + "*" ) ) ^ -1 
      * ( S "HlL" ) ^ -1
      * S "sdfFeExXorgiGauc%" 
    ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% We can now define the \textsc{lpeg} for the four kinds of strings. It's not
% possible to use our function~|K| because of the interpolations which must be
% formatted with another \pkg{piton} style that the rest of the
% string.\footnote{The interpolations are formatted with the \pkg{piton} style
% |Interpol.Inside|. The initial value of that style is \texttt{\textbackslash
% @@\_piton:n} wich means that the interpolations are parsed once again by \pkg{piton}.}
%    \begin{macrocode}
local SingleShortString =
  WithStyle ( 'String.Short' ,
%    \end{macrocode}
% First, we deal with the f-strings of Python, which are prefixed by |f| or |F|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
         Q ( P "f'" + "F'" ) 
         * ( 
             K ( 'String.Interpol' , "{" )
              * K ( 'Interpol.Inside' , ( 1 - S "}':" ) ^ 0  )
              * Q ( P ":" * ( 1 - S "}:'" ) ^ 0 ) ^ -1
              * K ( 'String.Interpol' , "}" )
             + 
             VisualSpace 
             + 
             Q ( ( P "\\'" + "{{" + "}}" + 1 - S " {}'" ) ^ 1 )
           ) ^ 0 
         * Q "'" 
       + 
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now, we deal with the standard strings of Python, but also the ``raw strings''.
%    \begin{macrocode}
         Q ( P "'" + "r'" + "R'" ) 
         * ( Q ( ( P "\\'" + 1 - S " '\r%" ) ^ 1 ) 
             + VisualSpace 
             + PercentInterpol 
             + Q "%" 
           ) ^ 0 
         * Q "'" )

local DoubleShortString =
  WithStyle ( 'String.Short' , 
         Q ( P "f\"" + "F\"" ) 
         * ( 
             K ( 'String.Interpol' , "{" )
               * K ( 'Interpol.Inside' , ( 1 - S "}\":" ) ^ 0 )
               * ( K ( 'String.Interpol' , ":" ) * Q ( (1 - S "}:\"") ^ 0 ) ) ^ -1
               * K ( 'String.Interpol' , "}" )
             + 
             VisualSpace 
             + 
             Q ( ( P "\\\"" + "{{" + "}}" + 1 - S " {}\"" ) ^ 1 ) 
            ) ^ 0
         * Q "\"" 
       +
         Q ( P "\"" + "r\"" + "R\"" ) 
         * ( Q ( ( P "\\\"" + 1 - S " \"\r%" ) ^ 1 ) 
             + VisualSpace 
             + PercentInterpol 
             + Q "%"
           ) ^ 0 
         * Q "\""  )

local ShortString = SingleShortString + DoubleShortString
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{Beamer}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
local braces = Compute_braces ( ShortString ) 
if piton.beamer then Beamer = Compute_Beamer ( 'python' , braces ) end
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{Detected commands}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
DetectedCommands = Compute_DetectedCommands ( 'python' , braces ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%
% \paragraph{LPEG_cleaner}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
LPEG_cleaner['python'] = Compute_LPEG_cleaner ( 'python' , braces ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{The long strings}
% 
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local SingleLongString =
  WithStyle ( 'String.Long' , 
     ( Q ( S "fF" * P "'''" )
         * (
             K ( 'String.Interpol' , "{" )
               * K ( 'Interpol.Inside' , ( 1 - S "}:\r" - "'''" ) ^ 0  )
               * Q ( P ":" * (1 - S "}:\r" - "'''" ) ^ 0 ) ^ -1
               * K ( 'String.Interpol' , "}"  )
             + 
             Q ( ( 1 - P "'''" - S "{}'\r" ) ^ 1 )
             + 
             EOL
           ) ^ 0 
       +
         Q ( ( S "rR" ) ^ -1  * "'''" )
         * (
             Q ( ( 1 - P "'''" - S "\r%" ) ^ 1 )  
             + 
             PercentInterpol
             +
             P "%"
             +
             EOL
           ) ^ 0 
      )
      * Q "'''"  ) 


local DoubleLongString =
  WithStyle ( 'String.Long' ,
     (
        Q ( S "fF" * "\"\"\"" )
        * (
            K ( 'String.Interpol', "{"  )
              * K ( 'Interpol.Inside' , ( 1 - S "}:\r" - "\"\"\"" ) ^ 0 )
              * Q ( ":" * (1 - S "}:\r" - "\"\"\"" ) ^ 0 ) ^ -1
              * K ( 'String.Interpol' , "}"  )
            + 
            Q ( ( 1 - S "{}\"\r" - "\"\"\"" ) ^ 1 ) 
            + 
            EOL
          ) ^ 0 
      +
        Q ( S "rR" ^ -1  * "\"\"\"" )
        * (
            Q ( ( 1 - P "\"\"\"" - S "%\r" ) ^ 1 )  
            + 
            PercentInterpol 
            + 
            P "%"
            + 
            EOL
          ) ^ 0 
     )
     * Q "\"\"\"" 
  ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
local LongString = SingleLongString + DoubleLongString
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% We have a \textsc{lpeg} for the Python docstrings. That \textsc{lpeg} will
% be used in the \textsc{lpeg} |DefFunction| which deals with the whole preamble
% of a function definition (which begins with |def|).
%    \begin{macrocode}
local StringDoc = 
    K ( 'String.Doc' , P "r" ^ -1 * "\"\"\"" )
      * ( K ( 'String.Doc' , (1 - P "\"\"\"" - "\r" ) ^ 0  ) * EOL
          * Tab ^ 0 
        ) ^ 0
      * K ( 'String.Doc' , ( 1 - P "\"\"\"" - "\r" ) ^ 0 * "\"\"\"" )
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{The comments in the Python listings}
%
% We define different \textsc{lpeg} dealing with comments in the Python
% listings.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Comment = 
  WithStyle ( 'Comment' ,
     Q "#" * ( CommentMath + Q ( ( 1 - S "$\r" ) ^ 1 ) ) ^ 0 ) -- $
           * ( EOL + -1 )
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% 
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{DefFunction}
%
% The following \textsc{lpeg} |expression| will be used for the parameters in
% the \emph{argspec} of a Python function. It's necessary to use a \emph{grammar}
% because that pattern mainly checks the correct nesting of the delimiters
% (and it's known in the theory of formal languages that this can't be done with
% regular expressions \emph{stricto sensu} only). 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local expression =
  P { "E" ,
       E = ( "'" * ( P "\\'" + 1 - S "'\r" ) ^ 0 * "'" 
             + "\"" * ( P "\\\"" + 1 - S "\"\r" ) ^ 0 * "\""
             + "{" * V "F" * "}"
             + "(" * V "F" * ")"
             + "[" * V "F" * "]" 
             + ( 1 - S "{}()[]\r," ) ) ^ 0 ,
       F = (   "{" * V "F" * "}"
             + "(" * V "F" * ")"
             + "[" * V "F" * "]"
             + ( 1 - S "{}()[]\r\"'" ) ) ^ 0
    }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip 
% We will now define a \textsc{lpeg} |Params| that will catch the list of
% parameters (that is to say the \emph{argspec}) in the definition of a Python
% function. For example, in the line of code
% \begin{center}
% \piton{def MyFunction(a,b,x=10,n:int): return n}
% \end{center}
% the \textsc{lpeg} |Params| will be used to catch the chunk\enskip |a,b,x=10,n:int|.
%
% \medskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Params = 
  P { "E" , 
       E = ( V "F" * ( Q "," * V "F" ) ^ 0 ) ^ -1 ,
       F = SkipSpace * ( Identifier + Q "*args" + Q "**kwargs" ) * SkipSpace
           * ( 
                 K ( 'InitialValues' , "=" * expression )
               + Q ":" * SkipSpace * K ( 'Name.Type' , letter ^ 1 ) 
             ) ^ -1
    }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% 
% \bigskip
% The following \textsc{lpeg} |DefFunction| catches a keyword |def| and the
% following name of function \emph{but also everything else until a potential
% docstring}. That's why this definition of \textsc{lpeg} must occur (in the file
% |piton.sty|) after the definition of several other \textsc{lpeg} such as
% |Comment|, |CommentLaTeX|, |Params|, |StringDoc|...
%    \begin{macrocode}
local DefFunction =
  K ( 'Keyword' , "def" )
  * Space
  * K ( 'Name.Function.Internal' , identifier ) 
  * SkipSpace 
  * Q "("  * Params * Q ")" 
  * SkipSpace
  * ( Q "->" * SkipSpace * K ( 'Name.Type' , identifier ) ) ^ -1
%    \end{macrocode}
% Here, we need a \pkg{piton} style |ParseAgain| which will be linked to
% |\@@_piton:n| (that means that the capture will be parsed once again by
% \pkg{piton}). We could avoid that kind of trick by using a non-terminal of a
% grammar but we have probably here a better legibility.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  * K ( 'ParseAgain.noCR' , ( 1 - S ":\r" ) ^ 0 ) 
  * Q ":" 
  * ( SkipSpace
      * ( EOL + CommentLaTeX + Comment ) -- in all cases, that contains an EOL
      * Tab ^ 0 
      * SkipSpace
      * StringDoc ^ 0 -- there may be additionnal docstrings 
    ) ^ -1
%    \end{macrocode}
% Remark that, in the previous code, |CommentLaTeX| \emph{must} appear
% before |Comment|: there is no commutativity of the addition for the
% \emph{parsing expression grammars} (\textsc{peg}).
% 
% \smallskip 
% If the word |def| is not followed by an identifier and parenthesis, it will be
% catched as keyword by the \textsc{lpeg} |Keyword| (useful if, for example, the
% final user wants to speak of the keyword \piton{def}).
%
%
% \paragraph{Miscellaneous}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local ExceptionInConsole = Exception *  Q ( ( 1 - P "\r" ) ^ 0 ) * EOL 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% 
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{The main LPEG for the language Python}
%
% First, the main loop :
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Main = 
       space ^ 1 * -1
     + space ^ 0 * EOL 
     + Space 
     + Tab
     + Escape + EscapeMath
     + CommentLaTeX
     + Beamer
     + DetectedCommands 
     + LongString 
     + Comment
     + ExceptionInConsole
     + Delim
     + Operator
     + OperatorWord * ( Space + Punct + Delim + EOL + -1 ) 
     + ShortString
     + Punct
     + FromImport
     + RaiseException 
     + DefFunction
     + DefClass 
     + Keyword * ( Space + Punct + Delim + EOL + -1 ) 
     + Decorator
     + Builtin * ( Space + Punct + Delim + EOL + -1 ) 
     + Identifier 
     + Number
     + Word
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Here, we must not put |local|!
%    \begin{macrocode}
LPEG1['python'] = Main ^ 0 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% We recall that each line in the Python code to parse will be sent back to
% LaTeX between a pair |\@@_begin_line:| -- |\@@_end_line:|\footnote{Remember
% that the \texttt{\textbackslash @@\_end\_line:} must be explicit because it
% will be used as marker in order to delimit the argument of the command
% \texttt{\textbackslash @@\_begin\_line:}}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
LPEG2['python'] = 
  Ct (
       ( space ^ 0 * "\r" ) ^ -1 
       * BeamerBeginEnvironments 
       * PromptHastyDetection
       * Lc '\\@@_begin_line:'
       * Prompt 
       * SpaceIndentation ^ 0 
       * LPEG1['python']
       * -1 
       * Lc '\\@@_end_line:' 
     )
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{The language Ocaml}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Delim = Q ( P "[|" + "|]" + S "[()]" )
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Punct = Q ( S ",:;!" )
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% The identifiers catched by |cap_identifier| begin with a cap. In OCaml, it's
% used for the constructors of types and for the modules.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local cap_identifier = R "AZ" * ( R "az" + R "AZ" + S "_'" + digit ) ^ 0 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Constructor = K ( 'Name.Constructor' , cap_identifier )
local ModuleType = K ( 'Name.Type' , cap_identifier ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The identifiers which begin with a lower case letter or an underscore are used 
% elsewhere in OCaml.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local identifier = ( R "az" + "_" ) * ( R "az" + R "AZ" + S "_'" + digit ) ^ 0 
local Identifier = K ( 'Identifier' , identifier )
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% Now, we deal with the records because we want to catch the names of the fields
% of those records in all circunstancies.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local expression_for_fields =
  P { "E" ,
       E = (   "{" * V "F" * "}"
             + "(" * V "F" * ")"
             + "[" * V "F" * "]" 
             + "\"" * ( P "\\\"" + 1 - S "\"\r" ) ^ 0 * "\""
             + "'" * ( P "\\'" + 1 - S "'\r" ) ^ 0 * "'"
             + ( 1 - S "{}()[]\r;" ) ) ^ 0 ,
       F = (   "{" * V "F" * "}"
             + "(" * V "F" * ")"
             + "[" * V "F" * "]"
             + ( 1 - S "{}()[]\r\"'" ) ) ^ 0
    }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local OneFieldDefinition = 
    ( K ( 'Keyword' , "mutable" ) * SkipSpace ) ^ -1
  * K ( 'Name.Field' , identifier ) * SkipSpace
  * Q ":" * SkipSpace
  * K ( 'Name.Type' , expression_for_fields ) 
  * SkipSpace

local OneField = 
    K ( 'Name.Field' , identifier ) * SkipSpace
  * Q "=" * SkipSpace
  * ( expression_for_fields / ( function ( s ) return LPEG1['ocaml'] : match ( s ) end ) )
  * SkipSpace

local Record = 
  Q "{" * SkipSpace
  * 
    (
      OneFieldDefinition * ( Q ";" * SkipSpace * OneFieldDefinition ) ^ 0 
      + 
      OneField * ( Q ";" * SkipSpace * OneField ) ^ 0 
    )
  *
  Q "}"
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% Now, we deal with the notations with points (eg: |List.length|). In OCaml,
% such notation is used for the fields of the records and for the modules.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local DotNotation = 
  (
      K ( 'Name.Module' , cap_identifier ) 
        * Q "." 
        * ( Identifier + Constructor + Q "(" + Q "[" + Q "{" ) 
      + 
      Identifier 
        * Q "."
        * K ( 'Name.Field' , identifier ) 
  )
  * ( Q "." * K ( 'Name.Field' , identifier ) ) ^ 0 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Operator = 
  K ( 'Operator' ,
      P "!=" + "<>" + "==" + "<<" + ">>" + "<=" + ">=" + ":=" + "||" + "&&" +
      "//" + "**" + ";;" + "::" + "->" + "+." + "-." + "*." + "/." 
      + S "-~+/*%=<>&@|" )

local OperatorWord = 
  K ( 'Operator.Word' ,
      P "and" + "asr" + "land" + "lor" + "lsl" + "lxor" + "mod" + "or" )

local Keyword = 
  K ( 'Keyword' ,
      P "assert" + "and" + "as" + "begin" + "class" + "constraint" + "done" 
  + "downto" + "do" + "else" + "end" + "exception" + "external" + "for" +
  "function" + "functor" + "fun" + "if" + "include" + "inherit" + "initializer"
  + "in"  + "lazy" + "let" + "match" + "method" + "module" + "mutable" + "new" +
  "object" + "of" + "open" + "private" + "raise" + "rec" + "sig" + "struct" +
  "then" + "to" + "try" + "type" + "value" + "val" + "virtual" + "when" +
  "while" + "with" ) 
  + K ( 'Keyword.Constant' , P "true" + "false" )  

local Builtin = 
  K ( 'Name.Builtin' , P "not" + "incr" + "decr" + "fst" + "snd" )
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% The following exceptions are exceptions in the standard library of OCaml (Stdlib).
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Exception =
  K (   'Exception' ,
       P "Division_by_zero" + "End_of_File" + "Failure" + "Invalid_argument" +
       "Match_failure" + "Not_found" + "Out_of_memory" + "Stack_overflow" +
       "Sys_blocked_io" + "Sys_error" + "Undefined_recursive_module" )
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{The characters in OCaml}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Char = 
  K ( 'String.Short' , "'" * ( ( 1 - P "'" ) ^ 0 + "\\'" ) * "'" ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{Beamer}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
braces = Compute_braces ( "\"" * ( 1 - S "\"" ) ^ 0 * "\"" ) 
if piton.beamer then 
  Beamer = Compute_Beamer ( 'ocaml' , "\"" * ( 1 - S "\"" ) ^ 0 * "\"" ) 
end
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
DetectedCommands = Compute_DetectedCommands ( 'ocaml' , braces ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
LPEG_cleaner['ocaml'] = Compute_LPEG_cleaner ( 'ocaml' , braces ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%
% 
% \paragraph{The strings en OCaml}
% 
% We need a pattern |ocaml_string| without captures because it will be used
% within the comments of OCaml.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local ocaml_string =
       Q "\"" 
     * ( 
         VisualSpace
         + 
         Q ( ( 1 - S " \"\r" ) ^ 1 ) 
         +  
         EOL
       ) ^ 0 
     * Q "\"" 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local String = WithStyle ( 'String.Long' , ocaml_string ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
% \bigskip
% Now, the ``quoted strings'' of OCaml (for example \verb+{ext|Essai|ext}+). 
%
% For those strings, we will do two consecutive analysis. First an analysis to
% determine the whole string and, then, an analysis for the potential visual
% spaces and the EOL in the string.
% 
% The first analysis require a match-time capture. For explanations about that
% programmation, see the paragraphe \emph{Lua's long % strings} in
% |www.inf.puc-rio.br/~roberto/lpeg|. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local ext = ( R "az" + "_" ) ^ 0
local open = "{" * Cg ( ext , 'init' ) * "|" 
local close = "|" * C ( ext ) * "}"
local closeeq = 
  Cmt ( close * Cb ( 'init' ) , 
        function ( s , i , a , b ) return a == b end ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \medskip
% The \textsc{lpeg} |QuotedStringBis| will do the second analysis. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local QuotedStringBis = 
  WithStyle ( 'String.Long' ,
      (  
        Space
        +
        Q ( ( 1 - S " \r" ) ^ 1 ) 
        +  
        EOL
      ) ^ 0  ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \medskip
% We use a ``function capture'' (as called in the official documentation of the
% \textsc{lpeg}) in order to do the second analysis on the result of the first one.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local QuotedString = 
   C ( open * ( 1 - closeeq ) ^ 0  * close ) /
  ( function ( s ) return QuotedStringBis : match ( s ) end ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{The comments in the OCaml listings}
%
% In OCaml, the delimiters for the comments are |(*| and |*)|. There are
% unsymmetrical and OCaml allows those comments to be nested. That's why we need a
% grammar.
% 
% In these comments, we embed the math comments (between |$| and |$|) and we
% embed also a treatment for the end of lines (since the comments may be multi-lines).
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Comment =
  WithStyle ( 'Comment' ,
     P {
         "A" ,
         A = Q "(*"
             * ( V "A" 
                 + Q ( ( 1 - S "\r$\"" - "(*" - "*)" ) ^ 1 ) -- $
                 + ocaml_string 
                 + "$" * K ( 'Comment.Math' , ( 1 - S "$\r" ) ^ 1 ) * "$" -- $
                 + EOL
               ) ^ 0 
             * Q "*)" 
       }   )
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{The DefFunction}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
local balanced_parens =
  P { "E" , E = ( "(" * V "E" * ")" + 1 - S "()" ) ^ 0 }
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Argument = 
  K ( 'Identifier' , identifier ) 
  + Q "(" * SkipSpace 
    * K ( 'Identifier' , identifier ) * SkipSpace 
    * Q ":" * SkipSpace  
    * K ( 'Name.Type' , balanced_parens ) * SkipSpace
    * Q ")"
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Despite its name, then \textsc{lpeg} |DefFunction| deals also with |let open|
% which opens locally a module.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local DefFunction = 
  K ( 'Keyword' , "let open" ) 
   * Space
   * K ( 'Name.Module' , cap_identifier ) 
  + 
  K ( 'Keyword' , P "let rec" + "let" + "and" ) 
    * Space
    * K ( 'Name.Function.Internal' , identifier ) 
    * Space 
    * (
        Q "=" * SkipSpace * K ( 'Keyword' , "function" ) 
        + 
        Argument 
         * ( SkipSpace * Argument ) ^ 0 
         * ( 
             SkipSpace 
             * Q ":" 
             * K ( 'Name.Type' , ( 1 - P "=" ) ^ 0 ) 
           ) ^ -1 
      ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{The DefModule}\par
%
% The following LPEG will be used in the definitions of modules but also in the
% definitions of \emph{types} of modules.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local DefModule = 
  K ( 'Keyword' , "module" ) * Space
  *
    (
          K ( 'Keyword' , "type" ) * Space
        * K ( 'Name.Type' , cap_identifier ) 
      + 
        K ( 'Name.Module' , cap_identifier ) * SkipSpace 
        * 
          (
            Q "(" * SkipSpace 
              * K ( 'Name.Module' , cap_identifier ) * SkipSpace 
              * Q ":" * SkipSpace 
              * K ( 'Name.Type' , cap_identifier ) * SkipSpace 
              *
                (
                  Q "," * SkipSpace 
                    * K ( 'Name.Module' , cap_identifier ) * SkipSpace 
                    * Q ":" * SkipSpace 
                    * K ( 'Name.Type' , cap_identifier ) * SkipSpace 
                ) ^ 0 
              * Q ")"
          ) ^ -1
        *
          (
            Q "=" * SkipSpace
            * K ( 'Name.Module' , cap_identifier )  * SkipSpace 
            * Q "("
            * K ( 'Name.Module' , cap_identifier ) * SkipSpace 
              * 
              (
                Q ","
                * 
                K ( 'Name.Module' , cap_identifier ) * SkipSpace 
              ) ^ 0 
            * Q ")"
          ) ^ -1
    )
  + 
  K ( 'Keyword' , P "include" + "open" )
  * Space * K ( 'Name.Module' , cap_identifier ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{The parameters of the types}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local TypeParameter = K ( 'TypeParameter' , "'" * alpha * # ( 1 - P "'" ) ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{The main LPEG for the language OCaml}
%
% First, the main loop :
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Main = 
       space ^ 1 * -1
     + space ^ 0 * EOL 
     + Space 
     + Tab
     + Escape + EscapeMath
     + Beamer 
     + DetectedCommands
     + TypeParameter
     + String + QuotedString + Char
     + Comment
     + Delim
     + Operator
     + Punct
     + FromImport
     + Exception 
     + DefFunction
     + DefModule
     + Record 
     + Keyword * ( Space + Punct + Delim + EOL + -1 ) 
     + OperatorWord * ( Space + Punct + Delim + EOL + -1 ) 
     + Builtin * ( Space + Punct + Delim + EOL + -1 ) 
     + DotNotation
     + Constructor
     + Identifier 
     + Number
     + Word

LPEG1['ocaml'] = Main ^ 0 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% We recall that each line in the code to parse will be sent back to
% LaTeX between a pair |\@@_begin_line:| -- |\@@_end_line:|\footnote{Remember
% that the \texttt{\textbackslash @@\_end\_line:} must be explicit because it
% will be used as marker in order to delimit the argument of the command
% \texttt{\textbackslash @@\_begin\_line:}}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
LPEG2['ocaml'] = 
  Ct (
       ( space ^ 0 * "\r" ) ^ -1 
       * BeamerBeginEnvironments 
       * Lc '\\@@_begin_line:' 
       * SpaceIndentation ^ 0 
       * LPEG1['ocaml']
       * -1 
       * Lc '\\@@_end_line:' 
     )
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{The language C}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Delim = Q ( S "{[()]}" )
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Punct = Q ( S ",:;!" )
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% Some strings of length 2 are explicit because we want the corresponding
% ligatures available in some fonts such as \emph{Fira Code} to be active.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local identifier = letter * alphanum ^ 0

local Operator = 
  K ( 'Operator' ,
      P "!=" + "==" + "<<" + ">>" + "<=" + ">=" + "||" + "&&" 
        + S "-~+/*%=<>&.@|!" )

local Keyword = 
  K ( 'Keyword' ,
      P "alignas" + "asm" + "auto" + "break" + "case" + "catch" + "class" +
      "const" + "constexpr" + "continue" + "decltype" + "do" + "else" + "enum" +
      "extern" + "for" + "goto" + "if" + "nexcept" + "private" + "public" +
      "register" + "restricted" + "return" + "static" + "static_assert" +
      "struct" + "switch" + "thread_local" + "throw" + "try" + "typedef" +
      "union" + "using" + "virtual" + "volatile" + "while" 
    )
  + K ( 'Keyword.Constant' , P "default" + "false" + "NULL" + "nullptr" + "true" ) 

local Builtin = 
  K ( 'Name.Builtin' ,
      P "alignof" + "malloc" + "printf" + "scanf" + "sizeof" )

local Type = 
  K ( 'Name.Type' ,
      P "bool" + "char" + "char16_t" + "char32_t" + "double" + "float" + "int" +
      "int8_t" + "int16_t" + "int32_t" + "int64_t" + "long" + "short" + "signed"
      + "unsigned" + "void" + "wchar_t" )

local DefFunction = 
  Type 
  * Space 
  * Q "*" ^ -1 
  * K ( 'Name.Function.Internal' , identifier ) 
  * SkipSpace 
  * # P "("
%    \end{macrocode}
% We remind that the marker |#| of \textsc{lpeg} specifies that the pattern will be
% detected but won't consume any character.
%
% \bigskip
% The following \textsc{lpeg} |DefClass| will be used to detect the definition of a
% new class (the name of that new class will be formatted with the \pkg{piton}
% style |Name.Class|). 
%
% \smallskip
% Example:\enskip \piton{class myclass:}
%    \begin{macrocode}
local DefClass = 
  K ( 'Keyword' , "class" ) * Space * K ( 'Name.Class' , identifier ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% If the word |class| is not followed by a identifier, it will be catched as
% keyword by the \textsc{lpeg} |Keyword| (useful if we want to type a
% list of keywords).
%
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{The strings of C}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
String = 
  WithStyle ( 'String.Long' ,
      Q "\"" 
      * ( VisualSpace 
          + K ( 'String.Interpol' , 
                "%" * ( S "difcspxXou" + "ld" + "li" + "hd" + "hi" )
              ) 
          + Q ( ( P "\\\"" + 1 - S " \"" ) ^ 1 ) 
        ) ^ 0 
      * Q "\""
    )
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{Beamer}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
braces = Compute_braces ( "\"" * ( 1 - S "\"" ) ^ 0 * "\"" ) 
if piton.beamer then Beamer = Compute_Beamer ( 'c' , braces ) end
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
DetectedCommands = Compute_DetectedCommands ( 'c' , braces ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
LPEG_cleaner['c'] = Compute_LPEG_cleaner ( 'c' , braces ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{The directives of the preprocessor}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Preproc = K ( 'Preproc' , "#" * ( 1 - P "\r" ) ^ 0  ) * ( EOL + -1 )
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{The comments in the C listings}
%
% We define different \textsc{lpeg} dealing with comments in the C listings.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Comment = 
  WithStyle ( 'Comment' ,
     Q "//" * ( CommentMath + Q ( ( 1 - S "$\r" ) ^ 1 ) ) ^ 0 ) -- $
            * ( EOL + -1 )

local LongComment = 
  WithStyle ( 'Comment' , 
               Q "/*" 
               * ( CommentMath + Q ( ( 1 - P "*/" - S "$\r" ) ^ 1 ) + EOL ) ^ 0 
               * Q "*/" 
            ) -- $
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%
% 
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{The main LPEG for the language C}
%
% First, the main loop :
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Main = 
       space ^ 1 * -1
     + space ^ 0 * EOL 
     + Space 
     + Tab
     + Escape + EscapeMath 
     + CommentLaTeX
     + Beamer
     + DetectedCommands
     + Preproc
     + Comment + LongComment
     + Delim
     + Operator
     + String
     + Punct
     + DefFunction
     + DefClass 
     + Type * ( Q "*" ^ -1 + Space + Punct + Delim + EOL + -1 ) 
     + Keyword * ( Space + Punct + Delim + EOL + -1 ) 
     + Builtin * ( Space + Punct + Delim + EOL + -1 ) 
     + Identifier 
     + Number
     + Word
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Here, we must not put |local|!
%    \begin{macrocode}
LPEG1['c'] = Main ^ 0 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% We recall that each line in the C code to parse will be sent back to
% LaTeX between a pair |\@@_begin_line:| -- |\@@_end_line:|\footnote{Remember
% that the \texttt{\textbackslash @@\_end\_line:} must be explicit because it
% will be used as marker in order to delimit the argument of the command
% \texttt{\textbackslash @@\_begin\_line:}}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
LPEG2['c'] = 
  Ct (
       ( space ^ 0 * P "\r" ) ^ -1 
       * BeamerBeginEnvironments 
       * Lc '\\@@_begin_line:'
       * SpaceIndentation ^ 0 
       * LPEG1['c']
       * -1 
       * Lc '\\@@_end_line:' 
     )
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{The language SQL}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local function LuaKeyword ( name ) 
return 
   Lc "{\\PitonStyle{Keyword}{" 
   * Q ( Cmt ( 
               C ( identifier ) , 
               function ( s , i , a ) return string.upper ( a ) == name end 
             ) 
       ) 
   * Lc "}}" 
end 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% In the identifiers, we will be able to catch those contening spaces, that is
% to say like |"last name"|. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local identifier = 
  letter * ( alphanum + "-" ) ^ 0 
  + '"' * ( ( alphanum + space - '"' ) ^ 1 ) * '"' 


local Operator = 
  K ( 'Operator' , P "=" + "!=" + "<>" + ">=" + ">" + "<=" + "<"  + S "*+/" )
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% In SQL, the keywords are case-insensitive. That's why we have a little
% complication. We will catch the keywords with the identifiers and, then,
% distinguish the keywords with a Lua function. However, some keywords will be
% catched in special LPEG because we want to detect the names of the SQL tables.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local function Set ( list )
  local set = { }
  for _, l in ipairs ( list ) do set[l] = true end
  return set
end

local set_keywords = Set
 { 
   "ADD" , "AFTER" , "ALL" , "ALTER" , "AND" , "AS" , "ASC" , "BETWEEN" , "BY" ,
   "CHANGE" , "COLUMN" , "CREATE" , "CROSS JOIN" , "DELETE" , "DESC" , "DISTINCT" , 
   "DROP" , "FROM" , "GROUP" , "HAVING" , "IN" , "INNER" , "INSERT" , "INTO" , "IS" , 
   "JOIN" , "LEFT" , "LIKE" , "LIMIT" , "MERGE" , "NOT" , "NULL" , "ON" , "OR" , 
   "ORDER" , "OVER" , "RIGHT" , "SELECT" , "SET" , "TABLE" , "THEN" , "TRUNCATE" , 
   "UNION" , "UPDATE" , "VALUES" , "WHEN" , "WHERE" , "WITH"
 }

local set_builtins = Set
 { 
   "AVG" , "COUNT" , "CHAR_LENGHT" , "CONCAT" , "CURDATE" , "CURRENT_DATE" ,
   "DATE_FORMAT" , "DAY" , "LOWER" , "LTRIM" , "MAX" , "MIN" , "MONTH" , "NOW" ,
   "RANK" , "ROUND" , "RTRIM" , "SUBSTRING" , "SUM" , "UPPER" , "YEAR" 
 }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The \textsc{lpeg} |Identifer| will catch the identifiers of the fields  
% but also the keywords and the built-in functions of SQL. If will \emph{not}
% catch the names of the SQL tables.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Identifier = 
  C ( identifier ) /
  ( 
    function (s) 
        if set_keywords[string.upper(s)] -- the keywords are case-insensitive in SQL
%    \end{macrocode}
% Remind that, in Lua, it's possible to return \emph{several} values. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
        then return { "{\\PitonStyle{Keyword}{" } ,
                    { luatexbase.catcodetables.other , s } ,
                    { "}}" }
        else if set_builtins[string.upper(s)]
             then return { "{\\PitonStyle{Name.Builtin}{" } ,
                         { luatexbase.catcodetables.other , s } ,
                         { "}}" }
             else return { "{\\PitonStyle{Name.Field}{" } ,
                         { luatexbase.catcodetables.other , s } ,
                         { "}}" }
             end
        end 
    end
  ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{The strings of SQL}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
local String = K ( 'String.Long' , "'" * ( 1 - P "'" ) ^ 1 * "'" ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{Beamer}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
braces = Compute_braces ( String ) 
if piton.beamer then Beamer = Compute_Beamer ( 'sql' , braces ) end
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
DetectedCommands = Compute_DetectedCommands ( 'sql' , braces ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
LPEG_cleaner['sql'] = Compute_LPEG_cleaner ( 'sql' , braces ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
%
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{The comments in the SQL listings}
%
% We define different \textsc{lpeg} dealing with comments in the SQL listings.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Comment = 
  WithStyle ( 'Comment' ,
     Q "--"   -- syntax of SQL92
     * ( CommentMath + Q ( ( 1 - S "$\r" ) ^ 1 ) ) ^ 0 ) -- $
  * ( EOL + -1 )

local LongComment = 
  WithStyle ( 'Comment' , 
               Q "/*" 
               * ( CommentMath + Q ( ( 1 - P "*/" - S "$\r" ) ^ 1 ) + EOL ) ^ 0 
               * Q "*/" 
            ) -- $
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% 
% \bigskip
% \paragraph{The main LPEG for the language SQL}
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
local TableField = 
       K ( 'Name.Table' , identifier ) 
     * Q "." 
     * K ( 'Name.Field' , identifier ) 

local OneField = 
  ( 
    Q ( "(" * ( 1 - P ")" ) ^ 0 * ")" )
    + 
        K ( 'Name.Table' , identifier ) 
      * Q "." 
      * K ( 'Name.Field' , identifier ) 
    + 
    K ( 'Name.Field' , identifier ) 
  )
  * ( 
      Space * LuaKeyword "AS" * Space * K ( 'Name.Field' , identifier ) 
    ) ^ -1
  * ( Space * ( LuaKeyword "ASC" + LuaKeyword "DESC" ) ) ^ -1

local OneTable = 
     K ( 'Name.Table' , identifier ) 
   * ( 
       Space 
       * LuaKeyword "AS"  
       * Space 
       * K ( 'Name.Table' , identifier ) 
     ) ^ -1 

local WeCatchTableNames = 
     LuaKeyword "FROM" 
   * ( Space + EOL ) 
   * OneTable * ( SkipSpace * Q "," * SkipSpace * OneTable ) ^ 0 
  + ( 
      LuaKeyword "JOIN" + LuaKeyword "INTO" + LuaKeyword "UPDATE" 
      + LuaKeyword "TABLE" 
    ) 
    * ( Space + EOL ) * OneTable 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
% First, the main loop :
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Main = 
       space ^ 1 * -1
     + space ^ 0 * EOL 
     + Space 
     + Tab
     + Escape + EscapeMath 
     + CommentLaTeX
     + Beamer
     + DetectedCommands
     + Comment + LongComment
     + Delim
     + Operator
     + String
     + Punct
     + WeCatchTableNames
     + ( TableField + Identifier ) * ( Space + Operator + Punct + Delim + EOL + -1 )  
     + Number
     + Word
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Here, we must not put |local|!
%    \begin{macrocode}
LPEG1['sql'] = Main ^ 0 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% We recall that each line in the code to parse will be sent back to
% LaTeX between a pair |\@@_begin_line:| -- |\@@_end_line:|\footnote{Remember
% that the \texttt{\textbackslash @@\_end\_line:} must be explicit because it
% will be used as marker in order to delimit the argument of the command
% \texttt{\textbackslash @@\_begin\_line:}}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
LPEG2['sql'] =
  Ct (
       ( space ^ 0 * "\r" ) ^ -1 
       * BeamerBeginEnvironments 
       * Lc '\\@@_begin_line:'
       * SpaceIndentation ^ 0 
       * LPEG1['sql']
       * -1 
       * Lc '\\@@_end_line:' 
     )
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
% \subsubsection{The language ``Minimal''}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local Punct = Q ( S ",:;!\\" )

local Comment = 
  WithStyle ( 'Comment' ,
              Q "#" 
              * ( CommentMath + Q ( ( 1 - S "$\r" ) ^ 1 ) ) ^ 0 -- $
            )
     * ( EOL + -1 )

local String = 
  WithStyle ( 'String.Short' ,
              Q "\"" 
              * ( VisualSpace 
                  + Q ( ( P "\\\"" + 1 - S " \"" ) ^ 1 ) 
                ) ^ 0 
              * Q "\""
            )

braces = Compute_braces ( String ) 
if piton.beamer then Beamer = Compute_Beamer ( 'minimal' , braces ) end

DetectedCommands = Compute_DetectedCommands ( 'minimal' , braces ) 

LPEG_cleaner['minimal'] = Compute_LPEG_cleaner ( 'minimal' , braces ) 

local identifier = letter * alphanum ^ 0

local Identifier = K ( 'Identifier' , identifier )

local Delim = Q ( S "{[()]}" )

local Main = 
       space ^ 1 * -1
     + space ^ 0 * EOL 
     + Space 
     + Tab
     + Escape + EscapeMath 
     + CommentLaTeX
     + Beamer
     + DetectedCommands
     + Comment
     + Delim
     + String
     + Punct
     + Identifier 
     + Number
     + Word

LPEG1['minimal'] = Main ^ 0

LPEG2['minimal'] = 
  Ct (
       ( space ^ 0 * "\r" ) ^ -1 
       * BeamerBeginEnvironments 
       * Lc '\\@@_begin_line:'
       * SpaceIndentation ^ 0 
       * LPEG1['minimal']
       * -1 
       * Lc '\\@@_end_line:' 
     )

% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{The function Parse}
%
% \medskip
% The function |Parse| is the main function of the package \pkg{piton}. It
% parses its argument and sends back to LaTeX the code with interlaced
% formatting LaTeX instructions. In fact, everything is done by the
% \textsc{lpeg} corresponding to the considered language (|LPEG2[language]|)
% which returns as capture a Lua table containing data to send to LaTeX.
% 
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
function piton.Parse ( language , code )
  local t = LPEG2[language] : match ( code ) 
  if t == nil 
  then 
    tex.sprint(luatexbase.catcodetables.CatcodeTableExpl,
               "\\@@_error:n { syntax~error }")
    return -- to exit in force the function
  end 
  local left_stack = {}
  local right_stack = {}
  for _ , one_item in ipairs ( t ) 
  do 
     if one_item[1] == "EOL"
     then 
          for _ , s in ipairs ( right_stack ) 
            do tex.sprint ( s ) 
            end
          for _ , s in ipairs ( one_item[2] ) 
            do tex.tprint ( s )
            end
          for _ , s in ipairs ( left_stack ) 
            do tex.sprint ( s ) 
            end
     else 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% Here is an example of an item beginning with |"Open"|.
%
% |{ "Open" , "\begin{uncover}<2>" , "\end{cover}" }|
%
% In order to deal with the ends of lines, we have to close the environment
% (|{cover}| in this example) at the end of each line and reopen it at the
% beginning of the new line. That's why we use two Lua stacks, called
% |left_stack| and |right_stack|. |left_stack| will be for the elements like
% |\begin{uncover}<2>| and |right_stack| will be for the elements like
% |\end{cover}|. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
          if one_item[1] == "Open"
          then
               tex.sprint( one_item[2] ) 
               table.insert ( left_stack , one_item[2] )
               table.insert ( right_stack , one_item[3] )
          else 
               if one_item[1] == "Close"
               then
                    tex.sprint ( right_stack[#right_stack] ) 
                    left_stack[#left_stack] = nil
                    right_stack[#right_stack] = nil
               else 
                    tex.tprint ( one_item )  
               end 
          end 
     end 
  end 
end
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    
%
% \bigskip
% The function |ParseFile| will be used by the LaTeX command |\PitonInputFile|.
% That function merely reads the whole file (that is to say all its lines) and
% then apply the function~|Parse| to the resulting Lua string.
%    \begin{macrocode}
function piton.ParseFile ( language , name , first_line , last_line )
  local s = ''
  local i = 0 
  for line in io.lines ( name ) 
  do i = i + 1 
     if i >= first_line
     then s = s .. '\r' .. line 
     end
     if i >= last_line then break end 
  end
%    \end{macrocode}
% We extract the BOM of utf-8, if present.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  if string.byte ( s , 1 ) == 13
  then if string.byte ( s , 2 ) == 239
       then if string.byte ( s , 3 ) == 187
            then if string.byte ( s , 4 ) == 191
                 then s = string.sub ( s , 5 , -1 )
                 end 
            end
       end
  end
  piton.Parse ( language , s )
end
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{Two variants of  the function Parse with integrated preprocessors}
%
% The following command will be used by the user command |\piton|.
% For that command, we have to undo the duplication of the symbols |#|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
function piton.ParseBis ( language , code )
  local s = ( Cs ( ( P '##' / '#' + 1 ) ^ 0 ) ) : match ( code )
  return piton.Parse ( language , s ) 
end
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% The following command will be used when we have to parse some small chunks of
% code that have yet been parsed. They are re-scanned by LaTeX because it has
% been required by |\@@_piton:n| in the \pkg{piton} style of the syntaxic
% element. In that case, you have to remove the potential |\@@_breakable_space:|
% that have been inserted when the key |break-lines| is in force.
%    \begin{macrocode}
function piton.ParseTer ( language , code )
  local s = ( Cs ( ( P '\\@@_breakable_space:' / ' ' + 1 ) ^ 0 ) ) 
            : match ( code )
  return piton.Parse ( language , s )
end
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{Preprocessors of the function Parse for gobble}
%
% We deal now with preprocessors of the function |Parse| which are needed when
% the ``gobble mechanism'' is used.
% 
%
% \bigskip
% The function |gobble| gobbles $n$ characters on the left of the code. It uses
% a \textsc{lpeg} that we have to compute dynamically because if depends on the
% value of~$n$.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local function gobble ( n , code )
  if n == 0 
  then return code
  else return 
       ( Ct ( 
              ( 1 - P "\r" ) ^ (-n) * C ( ( 1 - P "\r" ) ^ 0 ) 
                * ( C "\r" * ( 1 - P "\r" ) ^ (-n) * C ( ( 1 - P "\r" ) ^ 0 )
            ) ^ 0 ) 
         / table.concat 
       ) : match ( code ) 
  end
end
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
% \bigskip
% The following \textsc{lpeg} returns as capture the minimal number of spaces at
% the beginning of the lines of code. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local AutoGobbleLPEG =
      (  (
           P " " ^ 0 * "\r"
           +
           Ct ( C " " ^ 0 ) / table.getn
           * ( 1 - P " " ) * ( 1 - P "\r" ) ^ 0 * "\r"
         ) ^ 0
         * ( Ct ( C " " ^ 0 ) / table.getn
              * ( 1 - P " " ) * ( 1 - P "\r" ) ^ 0 ) ^ -1 
       ) / math.min
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% The following \textsc{lpeg} is similar but works with the tabulations.
%    \begin{macrocode}
local TabsAutoGobbleLPEG =
       (
         (
           P "\t" ^ 0 * "\r"
           +
           Ct ( C "\t" ^ 0 ) / table.getn
           * ( 1 - P "\t" ) * ( 1 - P "\r" ) ^ 0 * "\r"
         ) ^ 0
         * ( Ct ( C "\t" ^ 0 ) / table.getn
             * ( 1 - P "\t" ) * ( 1 - P "\r" ) ^ 0 ) ^ -1 
       ) / math.min
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% The following \textsc{lpeg} returns as capture the number of spaces at the
% last line, that is to say before the |\end{Piton}| (and usually it's also the
% number of spaces before the corresponding |\begin{Piton}| because that's the
% traditionnal way to indent in LaTeX). 
%    \begin{macrocode}
local EnvGobbleLPEG =
      ( ( 1 - P "\r" ) ^ 0 * "\r" ) ^ 0
    * Ct ( C " " ^ 0 * -1 ) / table.getn 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
local function remove_before_cr ( input_string )
    local match_result = ( P "\r" ) : match ( input_string )
    if match_result 
    then
        return string.sub ( input_string , match_result ) 
    else
        return input_string 
    end
end
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% In the following code, |n| is the value of |\l_@@_gobble_int|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
function piton.GobbleParse ( language , n , code )
  code = remove_before_cr ( code )
  if n == -1 
  then n = AutoGobbleLPEG : match ( code )
  else if n == -2
       then n = EnvGobbleLPEG : match ( code )
       else if n == -3
            then n = TabsAutoGobbleLPEG : match ( code )
            end
       end
  end
  piton.last_code = gobble ( n , code )
  piton.Parse ( language , piton.last_code )
  piton.last_language = language
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now, if the final user has used the key |write| to write the code of the
% environment on an external file.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  if piton.write ~= ''
  then local file = assert ( io.open ( piton.write , piton.write_mode ) )
       file:write ( piton.get_last_code ( ) ) 
       file:close ( )
  end
end 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% The following public Lua function is provided to the developper. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
function piton.get_last_code ( ) 
  return LPEG_cleaner[piton.last_language] : match ( piton.last_code ) 
end
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% 
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{To count the number of lines}
%
% \medskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
function piton.CountLines ( code )
  local count = 0 
  for i in code : gmatch ( "\r" ) do count = count + 1 end 
  tex.sprint ( 
      luatexbase.catcodetables.expl , 
      '\\int_set:Nn \\l_@@_nb_lines_int {' .. count .. '}' )
end 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
function piton.CountNonEmptyLines ( code )
  local count = 0
  count =
     ( Ct ( ( P " " ^ 0 * "\r"
              + ( 1 - P "\r" ) ^ 0 * C "\r" ) ^ 0
            * ( 1 - P "\r" ) ^ 0 
            * -1
          ) / table.getn
     ) : match ( code )
  tex.sprint( 
      luatexbase.catcodetables.expl , 
      '\\int_set:Nn \\l_@@_nb_non_empty_lines_int {' .. count .. '}' )
end 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
function piton.CountLinesFile ( name )
  local count = 0 
  io.open ( name ) 
  for line in io.lines ( name ) do count = count + 1 end
  tex.sprint ( 
      luatexbase.catcodetables.expl , 
      '\\int_set:Nn \\l_@@_nb_lines_int {' .. count .. '}' )
end 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
function piton.CountNonEmptyLinesFile ( name )
  local count = 0 
  for line in io.lines ( name ) 
  do if not ( ( P " " ^ 0 * -1 ) : match ( line ) ) 
     then count = count + 1 
     end
  end
  tex.sprint ( 
      luatexbase.catcodetables.expl , 
      '\\int_set:Nn \\l_@@_nb_non_empty_lines_int {' .. count .. '}' )
end 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
% \bigskip
% The following function stores in |\l_@@_first_line_int| and
% |\l_@@_last_line_int| the numbers of lines of the file |file_name|
% corresponding to the strings |marker_beginning| and |marker_end|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
function piton.ComputeRange(marker_beginning,marker_end,file_name)
  local s = ( Cs ( ( P '##' / '#' + 1 ) ^ 0 ) ) : match ( marker_beginning )
  local t = ( Cs ( ( P '##' / '#' + 1 ) ^ 0 ) ) : match ( marker_end )
  local first_line = -1
  local count = 0
  local last_found = false
  for line in io.lines ( file_name )
  do if first_line == -1
     then if string.sub ( line , 1 , #s ) == s 
          then first_line = count 
          end 
     else if string.sub ( line , 1 , #t ) == t
          then last_found = true 
               break 
          end 
     end 
     count = count + 1 
  end
  if first_line == -1 
  then tex.sprint ( luatexbase.catcodetables.expl ,
                    "\\@@_error:n { begin~marker~not~found }" )
  else if last_found == false
       then tex.sprint ( luatexbase.catcodetables.expl ,
                         "\\@@_error:n { end~marker~not~found }" )
       end
  end
  tex.sprint ( 
      luatexbase.catcodetables.expl , 
      '\\int_set:Nn \\l_@@_first_line_int {' .. first_line .. ' + 2 }' 
      .. '\\int_set:Nn \\l_@@_last_line_int {' .. count .. ' }' )
end
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% \subsubsection{To create new languages with the syntax of listings}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
function piton.new_language ( lang , definition )
  lang = string.lower ( lang )
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
  local alpha , digit = lpeg.alpha , lpeg.digit 
  local letter = alpha + S "@_$" -- $
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip 
% In the following \textsc{lpeg} we have a problem when we try to add |{| and
% |}|. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
  local other = S "+-*/<>!?:;.()@[]~^=#&\"\'\\$" -- $
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
%    \begin{macrocode}
  function add_to_letter ( c )
     if c ~= " " then letter = letter + c end 
  end 
  function add_to_digit ( c )
     if c ~= " " then digit = digit + c end 
  end 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% \bigskip
% Of course, the \textsc{lpeg} |b_braces| is for balanced braces (without the
% question of strings of an informatic language). In fact, it \emph{won't} be
% used for an informic language (as dealt by \pkg{piton}) but for LaTeX
% instructions; 
%    \begin{macrocode}
  local strict_braces  =
    P { "E" , 
        E = ( "{" * V "F" * "}" + ( 1 - S ",{}" ) ) ^ 0  ,
        F = ( "{" * V "F" * "}" + ( 1 - S "{}" ) ) ^ 0 
      }
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% Now, the first transformation of the definition of the language, as provided
% by the final user in the argument |definition| of |piton.new_language|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  local cut_definition =
    P { "E" ,
        E = Ct ( V "F" * ( "," * V "F" ) ^ 0 ) ,
        F = Ct ( space ^ 0 * C ( alpha ^ 1 ) * space ^ 0 
                * ( "=" * space ^ 0 * C ( strict_braces ) ) ^ -1 )
      }
  local def_table = cut_definition : match ( definition )
%    \end{macrocode}
% The definition of the language, provided by the final user of \pkg{piton} is
% now in the Lua table |def_table|. We will use it several times.
%
% \medskip
% The following \textsc{lpeg} will be used to extract arguments in the values of
% the keys (|morekeywords|, |morecomment|, |morestring|, etc.).
%    \begin{macrocode}
  local tex_braced_arg = "{" * C ( ( 1 - P "}" ) ^ 0 ) * "}" 
  local tex_arg = tex_braced_arg + C ( 1 ) 
  local tex_option_arg =  "[" * C ( ( 1 - P "]" ) ^ 0 ) * "]" + Cc ( nil ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
  local args_for_morekeywords 
    = "[" * C ( ( 1 - P "]" ) ^ 0 ) * "]" 
       * space ^ 0 
       * tex_option_arg
       * space ^ 0
       * tex_arg
       * space ^ 0
       * ( tex_braced_arg + Cc ( nil ) ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
  local args_for_moredelims
    = ( C ( P "*" ^ -2 ) + Cc ( nil ) ) * space ^ 0 
      * args_for_morekeywords
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
  local args_for_morecomment
    = "[" * C ( ( 1 - P "]" ) ^ 0 ) * "]" 
       * space ^ 0 
       * tex_option_arg 
       * space ^ 0
       * C ( P ( 1 ) ^ 0 * -1 )
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
  local args_for_tag 
    = ( P "*" ^ -2 ) 
       * space ^ 0
       * ( "[" * ( 1 - P "]" ) ^ 0 * "]" ) ^ 0 
       * space ^ 0
       * tex_arg
       * space ^ 0
       * tex_arg
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \bigskip
% We scan the definition of the language (i.e. the table |def_table|) in order
% to detect the potential key |sensitive|. Indeed, we have to catch that key
% before the treatment of the keywords of the language. We will also look for
% the potential keys |alsodigit|, |alsoletter| and |tag|. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
  local sensitive = true 
  local left_tag , right_tag 
  for _ , x in ipairs ( def_table ) do
    if x[1] == "sensitive" then 
      if x[2] == nil or ( P "true" ) : match ( x[2] ) then 
        sensitive = true 
      else 
        if ( P "false" + P "f" ) : match ( x[2] ) then sensitive = false end
      end
    end
    if x[1] == "alsodigit" then x[2] : gsub ( "." , add_to_digit ) end 
    if x[1] == "alsoletter" then x[2] : gsub ( "." , add_to_letter ) end 
    if x[1] == "tag" then
      left_tag , right_tag = args_for_tag : match ( x[2] ) 
    end 
  end
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now, the \textsc{lpeg} for the numbers. Of course, it uses |digit| previously
% computed. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
  local Number =
    K ( 'Number' ,
        ( digit ^ 1 * "." * # ( 1 - P "." ) * digit ^ 0 
          + digit ^ 0 * "." * digit ^ 1 
          + digit ^ 1 )
        * ( S "eE" * S "+-" ^ -1 * digit ^ 1 ) ^ -1
        + digit ^ 1 
      ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
  local alphanum = letter + digit
  local identifier = letter * alphanum ^ 0
  local Identifier = K ( 'Identifier' , identifier )
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
% \bigskip
% Now, we scan the definition of the language (i.e. the table |def_table|) for
% the keywords.
%
%
% The following LPEG does \emph{not} catch the optional argument between square
% brackets in first position.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  local split_clist = 
    P { "E" ,
         E = ( "[" * ( 1 - P "]" ) ^ 0 * "]" ) ^ -1  
             * ( P "{" ) ^ 1
             * Ct ( V "F" * ( "," * V "F" ) ^ 0 ) 
             * ( P "}" ) ^ 1 * space ^ 0 ,
         F = space ^ 0 * C ( letter * alphanum ^ 0 + other ^ 1 ) * space ^ 0 
      }
%    \end{macrocode}
% The following function will be used if the keywords are not case-sensitive.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  local function keyword_to_lpeg ( name ) 
  return 
    Q ( Cmt ( 
              C ( identifier ) , 
              function(s,i,a) return string.upper(a) == string.upper(name) end 
            ) 
      ) 
  end 
  local Keyword = P ( false )  
%    \end{macrocode}
% Now, we actually treat all the keywords and also the key |moredirectives|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  for _ , x in ipairs ( def_table )
  do if x[1] == "morekeywords" 
        or x[1] == "otherkeywords" 
        or x[1] == "moredirectives" 
        or x[1] == "moretexcs"
     then
        local keywords = P ( false )
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
        local style = "\\PitonStyle{Keyword}"
        if x[1] == "moredirectives" then style = "\\PitonStyle{directive}" end
        style =  tex_option_arg : match ( x[2] ) or style
        local n = tonumber (style )
        if n then 
         if n > 1 then style = "\\PitonStyle{Keyword" .. style .. "}" end
        end 
%    \end{macrocode}
%    \begin{macrocode}
        for _ , word in ipairs ( split_clist : match ( x[2] ) ) do
          if x[1] == "moretexcs" then
            keywords = Q ( "\\" .. word ) + keywords
          else 
            if sensitive 
%    \end{macrocode}
% The documentation of \pkg{lstlistings} specifies that, for the key
% |otherkeywords|, if a keyword is a prefix of another keyword, then the prefix
% must appear first. However, for the \text{lpeg}, it's rather the contrary.
% That's why, here, we add the new element \emph{on the left}.
%    \begin{macrocode}
            then keywords = Q ( word  ) + keywords
            else keywords = keyword_to_lpeg ( word ) + keywords
            end
          end 
        end
        Keyword = Keyword + 
           Lc ( "{" .. style .. "{" ) * keywords * Lc "}}" 
     end 
     if x[1] == "keywordsprefix" then
       local prefix = ( ( C ( 1 - P " " ) ^ 1 ) * P " " ^ 0 ) : match ( x[2] ) 
       Keyword = Keyword + K ( 'Keyword' , P ( prefix ) * alphanum ^ 0 ) 
     end 
  end    
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
% \bigskip
% Now, we scan the definition of the language (i.e. the table |def_table|) for
% the strings.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  local long_string  = P ( false )
  local LongString = P (false ) 
  local central_pattern = P ( false ) 
  for _ , x in ipairs ( def_table ) do
    if x[1] == "morestring" then
      arg1 , arg2 , arg3 , arg4 = args_for_morekeywords : match ( x[2] ) 
      arg2 = arg2 or "\\PitonStyle{String.Long}"
      if arg1 == "s" then
        long_string =
          Q ( arg3 ) 
          * ( Q ( ( 1 - P ( arg4 ) - S "$\r" ) ^ 1 ) -- $
              + EOL 
            ) ^ 0  
          * Q ( arg4 ) 
      else  
        central_pattern = 1 - S ( " \r" .. arg3 ) 
        if arg1 : match "b" then 
          central_pattern = P ( "\\" .. arg3 )  + central_pattern
        end
%    \end{macrocode}
% In fact, the specifier |d| is point-less: when it is not in force, it's still
% possible to double the delimiter with a correct behaviour of \pkg{piton}
% since, in that case, \pkg{piton} will compose \emph{two} contiguous strings...
%    \begin{macrocode}
        if arg1 : match "d" or arg1 == "m" then 
          central_pattern = P ( arg3 .. arg3 )  + central_pattern
        end
        if arg1 == "m" 
        then prefix = P ( false ) 
        else prefix = lpeg.B ( 1 - letter - ")" - "]" ) 
        end
%    \end{macrocode}
% First, we create |long_string| because we need that \textsc{lpeg} in the
% nested comments.
%    \begin{macrocode}
        long_string = long_string +
           prefix 
           * Q ( arg3 ) 
           * ( VisualSpace + Q ( central_pattern ^ 1 ) + EOL ) ^ 0 
           * Q ( arg3 ) 
      end
      LongString = LongString +
         Ct ( Cc "Open" * Cc ( "{" ..  arg2 .. "{" ) * Cc "}}" )
         * long_string 
         * Ct ( Cc "Close" ) 
    end 
  end

  local braces = Compute_braces ( String ) 
  if piton.beamer then Beamer = Compute_Beamer ( lang , braces ) end

  DetectedCommands = Compute_DetectedCommands ( lang , braces ) 

  LPEG_cleaner[lang] = Compute_LPEG_cleaner ( lang , braces ) 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% \bigskip
% Now, we deal with the comments and the delims.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  local CommentDelim = P ( false ) 

  for _ , x in ipairs ( def_table ) do
    if x[1] == "morecomment" then 
      local arg1 , arg2 , other_args = args_for_morecomment : match ( x[2] ) 
      arg2 = arg2 or "\\PitonStyle{Comment}"
%    \end{macrocode}
% If the letter |i| is present in the first argument (eg: 
% |morecomment = [si]{(*}{*)}|, then the corresponding comments are discarded. 
%    \begin{macrocode}
      if arg1 : match "i" then arg2 = "\\PitonStyle{Discard}" end
      if arg1 : match "l" then 
        local arg3 = ( tex_braced_arg + C ( P ( 1 ) ^ 0 * -1 ) )
                     : match ( other_args ) 
        if arg3 == [[\#]] then arg3 = "#" end -- mandatory
        CommentDelim = CommentDelim + 
            Ct ( Cc "Open" 
                 * Cc ( "{" .. arg2 .. "{" ) * Cc "}}" ) 
                 *  Q ( arg3 ) 
                 * ( CommentMath + Q ( ( 1 - S "$\r" ) ^ 1 ) ) ^ 0 -- $
            * Ct ( Cc "Close" ) 
            * ( EOL + -1 )
      else 
        local arg3 , arg4 = 
          ( tex_arg * space ^ 0 * tex_arg ) : match ( other_args )
        if arg1 : match "s" then 
          CommentDelim = CommentDelim +
              Ct ( Cc "Open" * Cc ( "{" .. arg2 .. "{" ) * Cc "}}" ) 
              * Q ( arg3 ) 
              * ( 
                  CommentMath 
                  + Q ( ( 1 - P ( arg4 ) - S "$\r" ) ^ 1 ) -- $
                  + EOL 
                ) ^ 0  
              * Q ( arg4 ) 
              * Ct ( Cc "Close" ) 
        end
        if arg1 : match "n" then 
          CommentDelim = CommentDelim +
            Ct ( Cc "Open" * Cc ( "{" .. arg2 .. "{" ) * Cc "}}" ) 
             * P { "A" ,
                  A = Q ( arg3 ) 
                      * ( V "A" 
                          + Q ( ( 1 - P ( arg3 ) - P ( arg4 ) 
                                  - S "\r$\"" ) ^ 1 ) -- $
                          + long_string
                          +   "$" -- $
                              * K ( 'Comment.Math' , ( 1 - S "$\r" ) ^ 1 ) --$
                              * "$" -- $
                          + EOL
                        ) ^ 0 
                      * Q ( arg4 )
                 }  
            * Ct ( Cc "Close" ) 
        end
      end
    end 
%    \end{macrocode}
% For the keys |moredelim|, we have to add another argument in first position,
% equal to |*| or |**|.
%    \begin{macrocode}
    if x[1] == "moredelim" then 
      local arg1 , arg2 , arg3 , arg4 , arg5 
        = args_for_moredelims : match ( x[2] )  
      local MyFun = Q 
      if arg1 == "*" or arg1 == "**" then
        MyFun = function ( x ) return K ( 'ParseAgain.noCR' , x ) end
      end
      local left_delim 
      if arg2 : match "i" then
        left_delim = P ( arg4 ) 
      else 
        left_delim = Q ( arg4 )
      end 
      if arg2 : match "l" then 
        CommentDelim = CommentDelim +
            Ct ( Cc "Open" * Cc ( "{" .. arg3 .. "{" ) * Cc "}}" ) 
            * left_delim
            * ( MyFun ( ( 1 - P "\r" ) ^ 1 ) ) ^ 0  
            * Ct ( Cc "Close" ) 
            * ( EOL + -1 ) 
      end
      if arg2 : match "s" then 
        local right_delim 
        if arg2 : match "i" then
          right_delim = P ( arg5 )
        else 
          right_delim = Q ( arg5 )
        end 
        CommentDelim = CommentDelim +
            Ct ( Cc "Open" * Cc ( "{" .. arg3 .. "{" ) * Cc "}}" ) 
            * left_delim
            * ( MyFun ( ( 1 - P ( arg5 ) - "\r" ) ^ 1 ) + EOL ) ^ 0  
            * right_delim
            * Ct ( Cc "Close" ) 
      end
    end 
  end 

  local Delim = Q ( S "{[()]}" )
  local Punct = Q ( S "=,:;!\\'\"" )
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
%    \begin{macrocode}
  local Main = 
         space ^ 1 * -1
%    \end{macrocode}
% The spaces at the end of the lines are discarded.
%    \begin{macrocode}
       + space ^ 0 * EOL 
       + Space 
       + Tab
       + Escape + EscapeMath 
       + CommentLaTeX
       + Beamer
       + DetectedCommands
       + CommentDelim
       + Delim
       + LongString
       + Keyword * ( Space + Punct + Delim + EOL + -1 ) 
       + Punct 
       + K ( 'Identifier' , letter * alphanum ^ 0 )
       + Number
       + Word
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% The \textsc{lpeg} |LPEG1[lang]| is used to reformat small elements, for
% example the arguments of the ``detected commands''.
%   \begin{macrocode}
  LPEG1[lang] = Main ^ 0 
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \bigskip
% If the key |tag| has been used, then |left_tag| (and also |right_tag|) is non nil.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  if left_tag then
  end 
%    \end{macrocode}
% 
% 
% The \textsc{lpeg} |LPEG2[lang]| is used to format general chunks of code.
%    \begin{macrocode}
  LPEG2[lang] = 
    Ct (
         ( space ^ 0 * P "\r" ) ^ -1 
         * BeamerBeginEnvironments 
         * Lc '\\@@_begin_line:'
         * SpaceIndentation ^ 0 
         * LPEG1[lang]
         * -1 
         * Lc '\\@@_end_line:' 
       )
%    \end{macrocode}
%
% 
%    \begin{macrocode}
  if left_tag then
    local Tag = Q ( left_tag * other ^ 0 ) 
                * ( ( ( 1 - P ( right_tag ) ) ^ 0 )
                  / ( function ( x ) return LPEG0[lang] : match ( x ) end ) )
                * Q ( right_tag ) 
    MainWithoutTag
            = space ^ 1 * -1
            + space ^ 0 * EOL 
            + Space 
            + Tab
            + Escape + EscapeMath 
            + CommentLaTeX
            + Beamer
            + DetectedCommands
            + CommentDelim
            + Delim
            + LongString
            + Keyword * ( Space + Punct + Delim + EOL + -1 ) 
            + Punct 
            + K ( 'Identifier' , letter * alphanum ^ 0 )
            + Number
            + Word 
    LPEG0[lang] = MainWithoutTag ^ 0 
    MainWithTag 
            = space ^ 1 * -1
            + space ^ 0 * EOL 
            + Space 
            + Tab
            + Escape + EscapeMath 
            + CommentLaTeX
            + Beamer
            + DetectedCommands
            + CommentDelim
            + Tag 
            + Delim
            + Punct 
            + K ( 'Identifier' , letter * alphanum ^ 0 )
            + Word 
    LPEG1[lang] = MainWithTag ^ 0 
    LPEG2[lang] = 
      Ct (
           ( space ^ 0 * P "\r" ) ^ -1 
           * BeamerBeginEnvironments 
           * Lc '\\@@_begin_line:'
           * SpaceIndentation ^ 0 
           * LPEG1[lang]
           * -1 
           * Lc '\\@@_end_line:' 
         )
  end
end
%</LUA>
%    \end{macrocode}
%
%
% 
% \vspace{1cm}
% \section{History}
%
% The successive versions of the file |piton.sty| provided by TeXLive are available on the
% \textsc{svn} server of TeXLive:\par\nobreak
%
% \smallskip
% {
% \small
% \nolinkurl{https://tug.org/svn/texlive/trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/lualatex/piton/piton.sty}
% }
%
% \medskip
% The development of the extension \pkg{piton} is done on the following GitHub
% repository:
%
% \verb|https://github.com/fpantigny/piton|
%
% \subsection*{Changes between versions 2.5 and 2.6}
%
% API: |piton.last_code| and |\g_piton_last_code_tl| are provided.
%
% \subsection*{Changes between versions 2.4 and 2.5}
%
% New key |path-write|
%
% \subsection*{Changes between versions 2.3 and 2.4}
%
% The key |identifiers| of the command |\PitonOptions| is now deprecated and
% replaced by the new command |\SetPitonIdentifier|.
%
% A new special language called ``minimal'' has been added.
%
% New key |detected-commands|.
%
% \subsection*{Changes between versions 2.2 and 2.3}
%
% New key |detected-commands|
% 
% The variable |\l_piton_language_str| is now public.
% 
%
% New key |write|.
% 
% \subsection*{Changes between versions 2.1 and 2.2}
%
% New key |path| for |\PitonOptions|.
%
% New language SQL.
%
% It's now possible to define styles locally to a given language (with the
% optional argument of |\SetPitonStyle|). 
%
% \subsection*{Changes between versions 2.0 and 2.1}
%
% The key |line-numbers| has now subkeys |line-numbers/skip-empty-lines|,
% |line-numbers/label-empty-lines|, etc. 
%
% The key |all-line-numbers| is deprecated: use
% |line-numbers/skip-empty-lines=false|. 
%
% New system to import, with |\PitonInputFile|, only a part (of the file)
% delimited by textual markers. 
%
% New keys |begin-escape|, |end-escape|, |begin-escape-math| and |end-escape-math|.
%
% The key |escape-inside| is deprecated: use |begin-escape| and |end-escape|.
%
%
% \subsection*{Changes between versions 1.6 and 2.0}
%
% The extension \pkg{piton} now supports the computer languages OCaml and C
% (and, of course, Python).
%
% \subsection*{Changes between versions 1.5 and 1.6}
%
% New key |width| (for the total width of the listing).
%
% New style |UserFunction| to format the names of the Python functions
% previously defined by the user. Command |\PitonClearUserFunctions| to clear
% the list of such functions names.
%
% \subsection*{Changes between versions 1.4 and 1.5}
%
% New key |numbers-sep|.
%
%
% \subsection*{Changes between versions 1.3 and 1.4}
%
% New key |identifiers| in |\PitonOptions|.
%
% New command |\PitonStyle|.
%
% |background-color| now accepts as value a \emph{list} of colors.
%
% \subsection*{Changes between versions 1.2 and 1.3}
%
% When the class Beamer is used, the environment |{Piton}| and the command 
% |\PitonInputFile| are ``overlay-aware'' (that is to say, they accept a
% specification of overlays between angular brackets).
%
% New key |prompt-background-color|
%
% It's now possible to use the command |\label| to reference a line of code in
% an environment |{Piton}|.
%
% A new command |\|␣ is available in the argument of the command |\piton{...}| to
% insert a space (otherwise, several spaces are replaced by a single space).
% 
% \subsection*{Changes between versions 1.1 and 1.2}
%
% New keys |break-lines-in-piton| and |break-lines-in-Piton|.
% 
% New key |show-spaces-in-string| and modification of the key |show-spaces|.
%
% When the class \cls{beamer} is used, the environements |{uncoverenv}|,
% |{onlyenv}|, |{visibleenv}| and |{invisibleenv}|
%
%
% \subsection*{Changes between versions 1.0 and 1.1}
%
% The extension \pkg{piton} detects the class \cls{beamer} and activates the
% commands |\action|, |\alert|, |\invisible|, |\only|, |\uncover| and |\visible|
% in the environments |{Piton}| when the class \cls{beamer} is used.
%
% \tableofcontents
%
% \end{document}
% 
%
% Local Variables:
% TeX-fold-mode: t
% TeX-fold-preserve-comments: nil
% flyspell-mode: nil
% fill-column: 80
% End: